[go: up one dir, main page]

CN114766029A - Article storage system - Google Patents

Article storage system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN114766029A
CN114766029A CN202180000668.4A CN202180000668A CN114766029A CN 114766029 A CN114766029 A CN 114766029A CN 202180000668 A CN202180000668 A CN 202180000668A CN 114766029 A CN114766029 A CN 114766029A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
unit
user
storage device
product
commodity
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
CN202180000668.4A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
权瓶匠
高桥宏圭
永岛淳
伊原大起
后藤英司
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Nomura Research Institute Ltd
Original Assignee
Nomura Research Institute Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2020187038A external-priority patent/JP2022076594A/en
Application filed by Nomura Research Institute Ltd filed Critical Nomura Research Institute Ltd
Publication of CN114766029A publication Critical patent/CN114766029A/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/08Payment architectures
    • G06Q20/18Payment architectures involving self-service terminals [SST], vending machines, kiosks or multimedia terminals
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06KGRAPHICAL DATA READING; PRESENTATION OF DATA; RECORD CARRIERS; HANDLING RECORD CARRIERS
    • G06K7/00Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns
    • G06K7/10Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation
    • G06K7/14Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation using light without selection of wavelength, e.g. sensing reflected white light
    • G06K7/1404Methods for optical code recognition
    • G06K7/1408Methods for optical code recognition the method being specifically adapted for the type of code
    • G06K7/14131D bar codes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/08Logistics, e.g. warehousing, loading or distribution; Inventory or stock management
    • G06Q10/087Inventory or stock management, e.g. order filling, procurement or balancing against orders
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/04Payment circuits
    • G06Q20/045Payment circuits using payment protocols involving tickets
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/08Payment architectures
    • G06Q20/20Point-of-sale [POS] network systems
    • G06Q20/202Interconnection or interaction of plural electronic cash registers [ECR] or to host computer, e.g. network details, transfer of information from host to ECR or from ECR to ECR
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/08Payment architectures
    • G06Q20/20Point-of-sale [POS] network systems
    • G06Q20/203Inventory monitoring
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/08Payment architectures
    • G06Q20/20Point-of-sale [POS] network systems
    • G06Q20/204Point-of-sale [POS] network systems comprising interface for record bearing medium or carrier for electronic funds transfer or payment credit
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/08Payment architectures
    • G06Q20/20Point-of-sale [POS] network systems
    • G06Q20/208Input by product or record sensing, e.g. weighing or scanner processing
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/30Payment architectures, schemes or protocols characterised by the use of specific devices or networks
    • G06Q20/32Payment architectures, schemes or protocols characterised by the use of specific devices or networks using wireless devices
    • G06Q20/322Aspects of commerce using mobile devices [M-devices]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/38Payment protocols; Details thereof
    • G06Q20/382Payment protocols; Details thereof insuring higher security of transaction
    • G06Q20/3821Electronic credentials
    • G06Q20/38215Use of certificates or encrypted proofs of transaction rights
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F9/00Details other than those peculiar to special kinds or types of apparatus
    • G07F9/002Vending machines being part of a centrally controlled network of vending machines
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F9/00Details other than those peculiar to special kinds or types of apparatus
    • G07F9/02Devices for alarm or indication, e.g. when empty; Advertising arrangements in coin-freed apparatus
    • G07F9/026Devices for alarm or indication, e.g. when empty; Advertising arrangements in coin-freed apparatus for alarm, monitoring and auditing in vending machines or means for indication, e.g. when empty

Landscapes

  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Accounting & Taxation (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Strategic Management (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Finance (AREA)
  • Economics (AREA)
  • Development Economics (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Artificial Intelligence (AREA)
  • Computer Vision & Pattern Recognition (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Tourism & Hospitality (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Operations Research (AREA)
  • Marketing (AREA)
  • Human Resources & Organizations (AREA)
  • Entrepreneurship & Innovation (AREA)
  • Management, Administration, Business Operations System, And Electronic Commerce (AREA)
  • Cash Registers Or Receiving Machines (AREA)

Abstract

An article storage system according to one aspect of the present invention includes a storage body for storing an article and an information processing apparatus connected to the storage body, the storage body having a notification unit that notifies the information processing apparatus of association information between the article received by a user and the user, the information processing apparatus including a recording unit that records, based on the association information, a situation in which the user received the article; and a settlement unit that performs a settlement process for a gift associated with the user to pay for the item.

Description

物品收容系统item containment system

技术领域technical field

本发明涉及对物品的收容进行管理的技术。The present invention relates to a technique for managing the storage of articles.

背景技术Background technique

对特定的用户交付商品或货物等物品的情况下,采用用户前往店铺或中转站等保管地点接收、或者商家将物品配送至住宅或工作地点的方法。In the case of delivering items such as goods or goods to a specific user, the user goes to a store or transfer station and other storage locations to receive it, or the merchant delivers the item to a home or workplace.

现有技术文献prior art literature

专利文献Patent Literature

专利文献1:国际公开第2018/042668号Patent Document 1: International Publication No. 2018/042668

专利文献2:日本特开2011-022791号公报Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-022791

发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

发明要解决的课题The problem to be solved by the invention

但是,用户前往保管地点耗费的劳力较大。另外,将物品配送至住宅或工作地点的方法,对商家造成的负担也较大。However, it takes a lot of labor for the user to go to the storage location. In addition, the method of delivering the items to the home or work place also imposes a heavy burden on the merchant.

本发明是基于以上课题认识完成的发明,其主要目的在于能够简单地进行物品的交付。The present invention has been accomplished based on the above recognition of the problem, and its main object is to enable easy delivery of articles.

用于解决课题的技术方案Technical solutions for solving problems

本发明的一个方式的物品收容系统包括用于收容物品的储存体和与储存体连接的信息处理装置,储存体具有通知部,其对信息处理装置通知已被用户收取的物品与收取了物品的用户的关联信息,信息处理装置包括:记录部,其基于关联信息来记录用户从储存体收取物品的情况;和结算部,其执行与用户关联的赠送人支付物品的费用的结算处理。An article storage system according to one aspect of the present invention includes a storage body for storing articles, and an information processing device connected to the storage body, and the storage body has a notification unit that notifies the information processing device of the article that has been collected by the user and the information processing device that has collected the article. The user's associated information, the information processing apparatus includes: a recording section that records the user's receipt of an item from a storage body based on the associated information; and a settlement section that executes settlement processing of a fee paid for the item by a donor associated with the user.

本发明的另一个方式的物品收容系统包括用于收容物品的储存体和与储存体连接的信息处理装置,储存体具有通知部,其对信息处理装置通知已被用户收取的物品与收取了物品的用户的关联信息,信息处理装置包括记录部,其基于关联信息来记录用户从储存体收取物品的情况,储存体还具有对所收容的物品各自独立地进行照明的照明装置。An article storage system according to another aspect of the present invention includes a storage body for storing articles, and an information processing device connected to the storage body, and the storage body has a notification unit that notifies the information processing device of the articles that have been received by the user and the received articles. related information of the user, the information processing device includes a recording unit that records, based on the related information, the user taking items from the storage body, and the storage body further includes a lighting device for illuminating the stored items independently of each other.

本发明的另一个方式的物品收容系统包括用于收容物品的安装型的储存体、用于收容物品的移动型的储存体、以及与安装型的储存体和移动型的储存体连接的信息处理装置,安装型的储存体和移动型的储存体具有通知部,其对信息处理装置通知已被用户收取的物品与收取了物品的所述用户的关联信息,信息处理装置包括:记录部,其基于关联信息,记录用户从安装型的储存体收取物品的情况和用户从移动型的储存体收取物品的情况;和库存管理部,其对安装型的储存体中收容的物品的库存和移动型的储存体中收容的物品的库存进行管理。An article storage system according to another aspect of the present invention includes a mountable storage body for storing articles, a mobile storage body for storing articles, and information processing connected to the mountable storage body and the mobile storage body The device, the mountable storage body and the portable storage body have a notification unit that notifies the information processing device of an item that has been collected by a user and related information of the user who has collected the item, and the information processing device includes a recording unit that On the basis of the associated information, a state where a user receives an item from an installation-type storage body and a state in which the user receives an item from a mobile-type storage body are recorded; and an inventory management section that records the inventory of the items stored in the installation-type storage body and the mobile-type storage body Manage the inventory of items housed in the storage body.

本发明的另一个方式的物品收容系统包括用于收容物品的储存体和与储存体连接的信息处理装置,储存体具有通知部,其对信息处理装置通知已被用户收取的物品与收取了物品的用户的关联信息,信息处理装置包括:记录部,其基于关联信息记录用户从储存体收取物品的情况;和对储存体的物品收容空间的出借进行管理的出借管理部。An article storage system according to another aspect of the present invention includes a storage body for storing articles, and an information processing device connected to the storage body, and the storage body has a notification unit that notifies the information processing device of the articles that have been received by the user and the received articles. The information processing apparatus includes: a recording unit that records the user's receipt of items from the storage body based on the associated information; and a lending management unit that manages the lending of the item storage space of the storage body.

发明效果Invention effect

根据本发明,能够简单地进行物品的交付。According to the present invention, delivery of articles can be performed easily.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1是储存装置的结构图。FIG. 1 is a structural diagram of a storage device.

图2是表示储存装置的拍摄图像的例子的图。FIG. 2 is a diagram showing an example of a captured image of a storage device.

图3是储存装置中包括的计算机的功能框图。3 is a functional block diagram of a computer included in the storage device.

图4是表示储存装置的动作过程的流程图。FIG. 4 is a flowchart showing an operation procedure of the storage device.

图5是储存装置的配置图。FIG. 5 is a configuration diagram of a storage device.

图6是网络结构图。FIG. 6 is a network structure diagram.

图7是表示储存内商品的事前购买方式的概要图。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing a method of pre-purchasing an item in stock.

图8是用户终端的功能框图。8 is a functional block diagram of a user terminal.

图9是服务器的功能框图。FIG. 9 is a functional block diagram of the server.

图10是储存配置画面的例子。FIG. 10 is an example of a storage configuration screen.

图11是储存确认画面的例子。FIG. 11 is an example of a storage confirmation screen.

图12是商品购买画面的例子。FIG. 12 is an example of a product purchase screen.

图13是路线导航画面的例子。FIG. 13 is an example of a route navigation screen.

图14是储存内商品列表的数据结构图。FIG. 14 is a data structure diagram of an in-store commodity list.

图15是票据表的数据结构图。Fig. 15 is a data structure diagram of the receipt table.

图16是销售额表的数据结构图。FIG. 16 is a data structure diagram of the sales table.

图17是店员终端的功能框图Fig. 17 is a functional block diagram of the clerk terminal

图18是店员将商品收纳至储存装置时的序列图。FIG. 18 is a sequence diagram when a store clerk stores a product in a storage device.

图19是用户从用户终端访问服务器的站点而购买位于储存装置中的商品时的序列图。FIG. 19 is a sequence diagram when the user accesses the site of the server from the user terminal and purchases the commodity located in the storage device.

图20是用户从用户终端访问服务器的站点而购买位于储存装置中的商品时的序列图。FIG. 20 is a sequence diagram when the user accesses the site of the server from the user terminal and purchases the commodity located in the storage device.

图21是用户从储存装置中取出购买的商品时的序列图。FIG. 21 is a sequence diagram when the user takes out the purchased product from the storage device.

图22是表示储存内商品的预约购买方式的概要图。FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram showing a reserved purchase method of an item in stock.

图23是表示储存内商品的任意购买方式的概要图。FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram showing an optional purchase method of the stored commodity.

图24是储存装置的配置图。FIG. 24 is a configuration diagram of a storage device.

图25是表示店铺库存商品的事前购买方式的概要图。FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram showing a method of pre-purchasing items in store in a store.

图26是店铺终端的功能框图。FIG. 26 is a functional block diagram of the shop terminal.

图27是用户从用户终端访问服务器的站点而购买位于店铺中的商品时的序列图。FIG. 27 is a sequence diagram when the user accesses the site of the server from the user terminal and purchases a commodity located in the store.

图28是表示店铺库存商品的预约购买方式的概要图。FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram showing a reservation purchase method for items in stock in a store.

图29是表示使用纸质票据的事先结算方式的概要图。FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram showing a pre-settlement method using paper receipts.

图30是收银台的功能框图。Fig. 30 is a functional block diagram of the cash register.

图31是关于收银台处的交易的序列图。FIG. 31 is a sequence diagram regarding a transaction at the cash register.

图32是关于商品的取出的序列图。FIG. 32 is a sequence diagram for taking out a commodity.

图33是表示使用纸质票据的事后结算方式的概要图。FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram showing a post-settlement method using paper receipts.

图34是关于纸质票据的发放的序列图。FIG. 34 is a sequence diagram regarding the issuance of paper tickets.

图35是关于商品的取出和结算的序列图。FIG. 35 is a sequence diagram regarding withdrawal and settlement of commodities.

图36是表示店铺商品的预约购买方式的概要图。FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram showing a reservation purchase method of store merchandise.

图37是用户从用户终端访问服务器的站点而预约位于店铺中的商品(热点心)时的序列图。37 is a sequence diagram when the user accesses the site of the server from the user terminal to reserve a product (hot spot) in the store.

图38是用户从储存装置中取出购买的商品时的序列图。FIG. 38 is a sequence diagram when the user takes out the purchased product from the storage device.

图39是表示店铺商品的事前购买方式的概要图。FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram showing a pre-purchase method of store merchandise.

图40的(A)是门户画面的例子。图40的(B)是赠送金额设定画面的例子。图40的(C)是赠送金额设定通知的例子。(A) of FIG. 40 is an example of a portal screen. (B) of FIG. 40 is an example of the bonus amount setting screen. (C) of FIG. 40 is an example of a bonus amount setting notification.

图41是赠送金额设定表的数据结构图。FIG. 41 is a data structure diagram of the bonus amount setting table.

图42是表示结算处理的过程的流程图。FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing the procedure of settlement processing.

图43的(A)是门户画面的例子。图43的(B)是购买记录画面的例子。图43的(C)是赠送请求通知的例子。图43的(D)是是否允许赠送画面的例子。(A) of FIG. 43 is an example of a portal screen. (B) of FIG. 43 is an example of the purchase record screen. (C) of FIG. 43 is an example of a presentation request notification. (D) of FIG. 43 is an example of a presentation permission screen.

图44是销售额表的数据结构图。Fig. 44 is a data structure diagram of the sales table.

图45是表示结算处理的过程的流程图。FIG. 45 is a flowchart showing the procedure of settlement processing.

图46的(A)是门户画面的例子。图46的(B)是购买记录画面的例子。图46的(C)是推荐赠送通知的例子。图46的(D)是推荐赠送导览画面的例子。(A) of FIG. 46 is an example of a portal screen. (B) of FIG. 46 is an example of the purchase record screen. (C) of FIG. 46 is an example of the recommendation notification. (D) of FIG. 46 is an example of a recommended gift guide screen.

图47是推荐赠送表的数据结构图。FIG. 47 is a data structure diagram of the recommended gift table.

图48是表示结算处理的过程的流程图。FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing the procedure of settlement processing.

图49是储存装置的货架的结构图。Fig. 49 is a structural diagram of a shelf of the storage device.

图50是商品配置表的数据结构图。Fig. 50 is a data structure diagram of a commodity arrangement table.

图51是包括从服务器对储存装置发送购买的商品的ID的步骤的序列图。51 is a sequence diagram including a step of transmitting the ID of the purchased commodity from the server to the storage device.

图52是变形例13中的票据列表的数据结构图。FIG. 52 is a data structure diagram of a ticket list in Modification 13. FIG.

图53是表示变形例13中的储存装置的动作过程的流程图。FIG. 53 is a flowchart showing an operation procedure of the storage device in Modification 13. FIG.

图54是变形例14中的储存搭载车的结构图。FIG. 54 is a configuration diagram of a storage vehicle in Modification 14. FIG.

图55的(A)是表示停车并交付商品的状况的图。图55的(B)是表示对安装型的储存装置供给商品的状况的图。图55的(C)是表示使商品在安装型的储存装置之间移动的状况的图。FIG. 55(A) is a diagram showing a situation in which the product is parked and delivered. (B) of FIG. 55 is a diagram showing a situation in which commodities are supplied to a mountable storage device. (C) of FIG. 55 is a figure which shows the state which moved the goods between the mounting-type storage apparatuses.

图56的(A)是出借货架的预约申请画面图。图56的(B)是出借货架预约表的数据结构图。(A) of FIG. 56 is a screen view of a reservation application for a rental rack. (B) of FIG. 56 is a data structure diagram of the rental shelf reservation table.

图57是出借区域的使用申请画面图。FIG. 57 is a screen diagram of the application for use of the loan area.

图58是出借区域的使用历史的数据结构图。FIG. 58 is a data structure diagram of the usage history of the loan area.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

本实施方式中,交付商品时使用储存装置。储存装置是与自动售货机或冰箱等相同程度的大小,所以也能够设置在狭窄的场所。In the present embodiment, a storage device is used when the product is delivered. Since the storage device is approximately the same size as a vending machine, a refrigerator, or the like, it can be installed in a narrow place.

图1是储存装置100的结构图。FIG. 1 is a structural diagram of a storage device 100 .

储存装置100具有平开式的门102,在多层货架上收容商品104。门102的开闭状态能够用开闭传感器106检测。另外,门102能够被锁定机构108锁定。置于货架的商品104能够用摄像机110进行拍摄。根据拍摄图像能够识别收容的商品104。储存装置100具有温度调节装置112,能够调节内部的温度、湿度。进而,储存装置100具有票据读取器114。票据读取器114读取由操作者出示的电子票据。电子票据是QR码(注册商标)或条形码这样的图形码或接触、非接触型IC卡等。以下,按照电子票据是QR码进行说明。储存装置100经由网络与服务器连接,与服务器进行通信。另外,储存装置100具有发出操作指导、警告消息和/或警告音的扬声器116。The storage device 100 has a door 102 of a swing type, and stores commodities 104 on a multi-level shelf. The opening and closing state of the door 102 can be detected by the opening and closing sensor 106 . Additionally, the door 102 can be locked by a locking mechanism 108 . The merchandise 104 placed on the shelf can be photographed with the camera 110 . The stored commodity 104 can be recognized from the captured image. The storage device 100 has a temperature adjustment device 112 and can adjust the temperature and humidity inside. Further, the storage device 100 has a ticket reader 114 . The ticket reader 114 reads the electronic ticket presented by the operator. The electronic receipt is a graphic code such as a QR code (registered trademark) or a barcode, a contact or non-contact IC card, or the like. Hereinafter, the electronic receipt will be explained as a QR code. The storage device 100 is connected to the server via a network, and communicates with the server. In addition, the storage device 100 has a speaker 116 that emits operating instructions, warning messages, and/or warning tones.

储存装置100存储对被允许使用储存装置100的操作者赋予的电子票据的列表,在被票据读取器114读取的电子票据与票据列表中包括的某一电子票据一致的情况下,控制为解除锁定而使门102打开。电子票据有仅允许使用1次的类型和能够任意次反复使用的类型的。另外,储存装置100具有控制用的计算机200。The storage device 100 stores a list of electronic tickets given to operators who are permitted to use the storage device 100, and when the electronic ticket read by the ticket reader 114 matches one of the electronic tickets included in the ticket list, the control is The door 102 is opened by releasing the lock. There are types of electronic tickets that can be used only once and types that can be used repeatedly. In addition, the storage device 100 has a computer 200 for control.

另外,摄像机110的种类、个数、位置、配置、附加功能等可以适当设定。作为附加功能,可以适当采用用于提高精度等的传感器(用重量传感器追加重量而提高识别精度)。另外,摄像机不限于能够拍摄静止图像的摄像机,也包括能够拍摄动态图像的摄像机。In addition, the type, number, position, arrangement, additional functions, and the like of the cameras 110 can be appropriately set. As an additional function, a sensor for improving the accuracy or the like can be appropriately used (adding a weight by a weight sensor to improve the recognition accuracy). In addition, the camera is not limited to a camera capable of capturing still images, but also includes a camera capable of capturing moving images.

图2是表示储存装置100的拍摄图像的例子的图。FIG. 2 is a diagram showing an example of a captured image of the storage device 100 .

在商品104的表面贴有印刷了商品条形码118的标签。通过从拍摄图像中读取商品条形码118,能够识别收容的商品104。该例中的商品104是盒饭、三明治、沙拉等袋装配菜或饮料。但是,也可以是这些以外的种类的商品104。A label printed with the product barcode 118 is attached to the surface of the product 104 . The stored product 104 can be identified by reading the product barcode 118 from the captured image. The commodity 104 in this example is a packaged vegetable such as a lunch box, a sandwich, and a salad, or a drink. However, other types of merchandise 104 may be used.

另外,本实施方式中以用商品条形码118识别商品104为前提进行说明,但本发明中,商品条形码118并非必需的,也可以通过从拍摄图像中直接读取商品104的形状等而识别收容的商品104。In this embodiment, the description is made on the premise that the product 104 is identified by the product barcode 118. However, in the present invention, the product barcode 118 is not necessary, and the stored product may be identified by directly reading the shape of the product 104 from the captured image. Commodity 104.

图3是储存装置100中包括的计算机200的功能框图。FIG. 3 is a functional block diagram of the computer 200 included in the storage device 100 .

计算机200的各构成要素由包括CPU(Central Processing Unit)和各种协处理器等运算器、内存和存储器等存储装置、将它们连接的有线或无线的通信线路的硬件、以及在存储装置中保存的、对运算器供给处理命令的软件实现。计算机程序可以由设备驱动程序、操作系统、位于它们的上层的各种应用程序、以及对这些程序提供共通功能的库构成。图示的各模块并非表示硬件单位的结构,而是示出了功能单位的模块。关于后述的用户终端、服务器、店员终端、店铺终端和收银台也是同样的。Each constituent element of the computer 200 includes an arithmetic unit such as a CPU (Central Processing Unit) and various coprocessors, a storage device such as a memory and a memory, hardware connected to a wired or wireless communication line, and stored in the storage device. A software implementation that provides processing commands to the arithmetic unit. The computer program can be composed of device drivers, an operating system, various application programs located on top of them, and libraries that provide common functions to these programs. Each block shown in the figure does not show the structure of a hardware unit, but a block that shows a functional unit. The same applies to the user terminal, server, shop assistant terminal, shop terminal, and cash register described later.

计算机200包括用户界面处理部210、数据处理部240、通信部250和数据保存部280。用户界面处理部210负责经由票据读取器114和扬声器116等的用户界面处理。通信部250负责经由网络的通信处理。数据保存部280保存各种数据。数据处理部240基于由通信部250取得的数据和数据保存部280中保存的数据执行各种处理。数据处理部240也发挥用户界面处理部210、通信部250和数据保存部280的接口的功能。The computer 200 includes a user interface processing unit 210 , a data processing unit 240 , a communication unit 250 , and a data storage unit 280 . The user interface processing unit 210 is in charge of user interface processing via the ticket reader 114, the speaker 116, and the like. The communication unit 250 is in charge of communication processing via the network. The data storage unit 280 stores various data. The data processing unit 240 executes various processes based on the data acquired by the communication unit 250 and the data stored in the data storage unit 280 . The data processing unit 240 also functions as an interface of the user interface processing unit 210 , the communication unit 250 , and the data storage unit 280 .

用户界面处理部210包括接受由操作者进行的操作输入的输入部220和进行操作者的信息提示的输出部230。The user interface processing unit 210 includes an input unit 220 that accepts an operation input by the operator, and an output unit 230 that presents information from the operator.

输入部220包括读取票据的票据读取部222。输出部230包括使扬声器116输出警告消息或警告音的警告输出部232。另外,此处所谓操作者相当于后述例子中购买商品的用户或者管理储存装置100的店铺的店员。The input section 220 includes a bill reading section 222 that reads bills. The output unit 230 includes a warning output unit 232 that causes the speaker 116 to output a warning message or a warning sound. In addition, the operator here corresponds to a user who purchases a product or a store clerk of a store that manages the storage device 100 in an example to be described later.

数据处理部240包括票据认证部242、商品检测部244、锁定控制部246、开闭检测部248和票据列表管理部252。票据认证部242进行读取的电子票据的认证。商品检测部244检测在门102开闭时被收纳的商品104或被取出的商品104。具体而言,判断为在门102关闭时增加的商品104是被收纳的商品104,同样,减少的商品104是被取出的商品104。锁定控制部246控制锁定机构108。开闭检测部248使用开闭传感器106,检测储存装置100的门102的开闭。票据列表管理部252对票据列表进行管理。The data processing unit 240 includes a receipt authentication unit 242 , a commodity detection unit 244 , a lock control unit 246 , an opening/closing detection unit 248 , and a receipt list management unit 252 . The receipt authentication unit 242 authenticates the read electronic receipt. The commodity detection unit 244 detects the commodity 104 stored or the commodity 104 taken out when the door 102 is opened and closed. Specifically, it is determined that the increased product 104 is the stored product 104 when the door 102 is closed, and similarly, the decreased product 104 is the removed product 104 . The lock control unit 246 controls the lock mechanism 108 . The opening/closing detection unit 248 detects the opening/closing of the door 102 of the storage device 100 using the opening/closing sensor 106 . The ticket list management unit 252 manages the ticket list.

通信部250包括发送数据的发送部260和接收数据的接收部270。The communication unit 250 includes a transmission unit 260 that transmits data and a reception unit 270 that receives data.

发送部260包括收纳通知发送部262和取出通知发送部264。收纳通知发送部262发送收纳通知。关于收纳通知,与图4关联地在后文中叙述。取出通知发送部264发送取出通知。关于取出通知,与图4关联地在后文中叙述。接收部270包括票据接收部272和是否允许通知接收部274。票据接收部272接收电子票据。是否允许通知接收部274接收是否允许通知。关于是否允许通知,与图4关联地在后文中叙述。The transmitter 260 includes a storage notification transmitter 262 and a takeout notification transmitter 264 . The storage notification transmission unit 262 transmits the storage notification. The storage notification will be described later in relation to FIG. 4 . The take-out notification sending unit 264 transmits a take-out notice. The takeout notification will be described later in relation to FIG. 4 . The receiving unit 270 includes a receipt receiving unit 272 and a permission notification receiving unit 274 . The receipt receiving unit 272 receives electronic receipts. The permission notification receiving unit 274 receives permission notification. Whether or not to permit notification will be described later in relation to FIG. 4 .

数据保存部280包括票据列表存储部282。票据列表存储部282存储票据列表。在票据列表中登记从服务器接收到的电子票据的数据。使用纸质票据的变形例的情况下,在票据列表中登记被变换为QR码的数据(以下称为“纸质票据的数据”)。The data storage unit 280 includes a receipt list storage unit 282 . The ticket list storage unit 282 stores a ticket list. The data of the electronic ticket received from the server is registered in the ticket list. In the case of using the modified example of the paper receipt, data converted into a QR code (hereinafter referred to as "paper receipt data") is registered in the receipt list.

图4是表示储存装置的动作过程的流程图。FIG. 4 is a flowchart showing an operation procedure of the storage device.

票据读取部222检测出票据读取器114中的电子票据的读取时(S10),票据认证部242进行读取的票据的认证(S12)。被票据读取器114读取的电子票据与票据列表中包括的某一电子票据一致的情况下,认证成功。另一方面,被读取的电子票据与票据列表中包括的任何电子票据都不一致的情况下,认证失败。认证失败了的情况下,不进行以后的处理。认证失败了的情况下,警告输出部232可以输出“不能使用该票据。”这样的警告消息或警告音。When the receipt reading unit 222 detects the reading of the electronic receipt by the receipt reader 114 ( S10 ), the receipt authentication unit 242 authenticates the read receipt ( S12 ). When the electronic ticket read by the ticket reader 114 matches one of the electronic tickets included in the ticket list, the authentication is successful. On the other hand, in the case where the read electronic ticket does not match any electronic ticket included in the ticket list, the authentication fails. If authentication fails, subsequent processing is not performed. When the authentication fails, the warning output unit 232 may output a warning message or sound such as "This ticket cannot be used.".

认证成功时,商品检测部244检测当前时刻在内部收容的商品104(S14)。然后,锁定控制部246控制锁定机构108使其解除门102的锁定(S16)。由此,操作者可以打开储存装置100的门102。When the authentication is successful, the commodity detection unit 244 detects the commodity 104 currently accommodated therein (S14). Then, the lock control unit 246 controls the lock mechanism 108 to release the lock of the door 102 (S16). Thereby, the operator can open the door 102 of the storage device 100 .

储存装置100的门102被打开时,开闭检测部248使用开闭传感器106检测出开门(S18)。如果是购买商品104的用户,则从货架中取出商品104。如果是为了设置商品104而来访的店员,则将商品104收纳至货架。然后,操作者关闭储存装置100的门102时,开闭检测部248使用开闭传感器106检测关门(S20)。When the door 102 of the storage device 100 is opened, the open/close detection unit 248 detects the door opening using the open/close sensor 106 (S18). If it is the user who purchased the item 104, the item 104 is removed from the shelf. If it is a store clerk who comes to set up the product 104, the product 104 is stored on the shelf. Then, when the operator closes the door 102 of the storage device 100, the opening/closing detection unit 248 detects the closing of the door using the opening/closing sensor 106 (S20).

商品检测部244在储存装置100的门102被关闭时检测在内部收容的商品104。然后,商品检测部244求出与S14中检测出的商品104的差异。从货架中取出了商品104的情况下,商品检测部244判断为减少的商品104是被取出的商品104。将商品104收纳至货架的情况下,商品检测部244判断为增加的商品104是被收纳的商品104(S22)。When the door 102 of the storage apparatus 100 is closed, the commodity detection part 244 detects the commodity 104 accommodated inside. Then, the commodity detection unit 244 obtains the difference from the commodity 104 detected in S14. When the commodity 104 is taken out from the shelf, the commodity detection unit 244 determines that the reduced commodity 104 is the commodity 104 that has been taken out. When the commodity 104 is stored on the shelf, the commodity detection unit 244 determines that the increased commodity 104 is the stored commodity 104 ( S22 ).

取出了商品104的情况下,取出通知发送部264对服务器400发送取出通知。取出通知中包括取出的商品104的商品条形码118的数据和使用的电子票据。收纳了商品104的情况下,收纳通知发送部262对服务器400发送收纳通知(S24)。收纳通知中包括收纳的商品104的商品条形码118的数据和使用了的电子票据。When the commodity 104 is taken out, the take-out notification transmission unit 264 transmits a take-out notification to the server 400 . The take-out notification includes the data of the commodity bar code 118 of the commodity 104 taken out and the electronic ticket used. When the commodity 104 is stored, the storage notification transmission unit 262 transmits a storage notification to the server 400 (S24). The storage notification includes the data of the product barcode 118 of the stored product 104 and the used electronic receipt.

服务器400从储存装置100接收取出通知或收纳通知时,根据与用电子票据识别的操作者的关系,判断取出的商品104或收纳的商品104是否正确。正确的情况下,对储存装置100发送表示允许的通知。不正确的情况下,对储存装置100发送表示拒绝的通知。例如,店员收纳了预定之外的商品104的情况下,发送表示拒绝的通知。或者,用户取出了并未购买的商品104的情况下,发送表示拒绝的通知。将表示允许或者拒绝的通知称为是否允许通知。When the server 400 receives the take-out notification or the storage notification from the storage device 100, it determines whether the taken-out product 104 or the stored product 104 is correct based on the relationship with the operator identified by the electronic receipt. When correct, a notification indicating permission is sent to the storage device 100 . If it is not correct, a notification indicating rejection is sent to the storage device 100 . For example, when the store clerk has accommodated the product 104 other than the order, a notification indicating rejection is sent. Alternatively, when the user takes out the product 104 that has not been purchased, a notification indicating rejection is sent. A notification indicating permission or denial is referred to as a permission notification.

储存装置100的是否允许通知接收部274从服务器400接收是否允许通知(S26)。是否允许通知表示拒绝的情况下,警告输出部232输出警告(S30)。取出的商品104不正确的情况下,例如发出“取出了错误的商品。请重新取出。”这样的警告消息或警告音。收纳的商品104不正确的情况下,例如发出“没有放入正确的商品。请重新放入。”这样的警告消息或警告音。然后,返回S18的处理。The permission notification receiving unit 274 of the storage device 100 receives the permission notification from the server 400 (S26). If the notification of permission or not indicates rejection, the warning output unit 232 outputs a warning (S30). When the product 104 taken out is incorrect, for example, a warning message or a warning sound such as "The wrong product was taken out. Please take it out again." is issued. When the stored product 104 is incorrect, for example, a warning message or a warning sound such as "The correct product is not put in. Please put it in again." is issued. Then, it returns to the process of S18.

另一方面,接收到的是否允许通知表示允许的情况下,锁定控制部246用锁定机构108进行锁定(S32)。另外,使用了仅允许使用1次的类型的电子票据的情况下,将使用的电子票据从票据列表中删除(S34)。On the other hand, when the received notification of permission or not indicates permission, the lock control unit 246 locks with the lock mechanism 108 (S32). In addition, when an electronic ticket of a type permitted to be used only once is used, the used electronic ticket is deleted from the ticket list (S34).

以下,设想在商务区工作的用户在午餐时购买盒饭、三明治、沙拉等袋装配菜或饮料的例子。但是,因其他目的而购买其他商品104的情况下,也能够同样地应用。对于作为前提的储存装置的配置例进行说明。In the following, consider an example in which a user who works in a business district buys packaged vegetables or drinks such as lunch, sandwiches, and salads. However, the same can be applied when purchasing other products 104 for other purposes. An example of the arrangement of the storage device as a premise will be described.

图5是储存装置的配置图。FIG. 5 is a configuration diagram of a storage device.

在用户122工作的办公室所在的办公楼A的4层设置了储存装置100a,同样在1层设置了储存装置100b。另外,在办公楼A相邻的办公楼B的3层设置了储存装置100c,同样在1层设置了储存装置100d。The storage device 100a is installed on the fourth floor of the office building A where the office where the user 122 works is located, and the storage device 100b is also installed on the first floor. In addition, the storage device 100c is installed on the third floor of the office building B adjacent to the office building A, and the storage device 100d is also installed on the first floor.

进而,在办公楼B相邻的办公楼C的1层存在店铺。该店铺销售盒饭、三明治、沙拉等袋装配菜和饮料等。储存装置100a~100d由该店铺管理。即,储存装置100a~100d中收容的商品104是由该店铺提供的。除了店铺内的销售点之外,也在储存装置100a~100d处销售商品104,所以预想店铺的销售额会提高。另外,也能够期待避免商品104未售出。Furthermore, there is a store on the first floor of the office building C adjacent to the office building B. The store sells packaged vegetables such as lunch boxes, sandwiches, salads, and beverages. The storage devices 100a to 100d are managed by the store. That is, the commodities 104 stored in the storage devices 100a to 100d are provided by the store. In addition to the point of sale in the store, the merchandise 104 is also sold in the storage devices 100a to 100d, so it is expected that the sales of the store will increase. In addition, it can also be expected to avoid unsold items 104 .

店铺中,以附近的需求者为对象,在储存装置100a~100d中提供盒饭、三明治、沙拉等袋装配菜和饮料,需求者购买它们。通过交付在储存装置100a~100d中分散地配置的商品,可以消除店铺中的拥挤,使购买顺利地进行。另外,店铺的店员120对储存装置100a~100d巡回地补充商品104。以下,设想店员120在储存装置100a~100d中收纳商品104,用户122购买储存装置100a~100d中收容的商品104的情况。In the store, packaged vegetables and beverages such as lunch boxes, sandwiches, and salads are provided in the storage devices 100 a to 100 d for customers in the vicinity, and the customers purchase them. By delivering the commodities distributed in the storage devices 100a to 100d, it is possible to eliminate crowding in the store and make purchases smooth. In addition, the store clerk 120 goes around and replenishes the commodities 104 to the storage devices 100a to 100d. Hereinafter, it is assumed that the store clerk 120 stores the product 104 in the storage devices 100a to 100d, and the user 122 purchases the product 104 stored in the storage devices 100a to 100d.

该例中,仅示出了一家店铺,但多个店铺也可以同样地负责储存装置100。店铺可以是便利店或家庭餐厅等连锁店,也可以是百货商店或超市或者商店街的组合下属的组合成员的商店、物流中心或配送中心等。In this example, only one store is shown, but a plurality of stores may be in charge of the storage device 100 in the same manner. The store may be a chain store such as a convenience store or a family restaurant, a department store, a supermarket, or a store, a logistics center, or a distribution center of a group member under the group of a shopping street.

另外,也可以不存在店铺自身而是制造商直送等。In addition, there may be no store itself, but direct delivery from the manufacturer or the like.

图6是网络结构图。FIG. 6 is a network structure diagram.

储存装置100a~100d经由网络(例如互联网或专用线路)与服务器400连接。另外,用户122使用的用户终端300a~300c(例如智能手机、移动终端或个人计算机)能够经由互联网连接至服务器400。对用户终端300a~300c等总称时或者不特别区分时总称为“用户终端300”。The storage devices 100a to 100d are connected to the server 400 via a network (eg, the Internet or a dedicated line). In addition, user terminals 300a to 300c (eg, smart phones, mobile terminals, or personal computers) used by the user 122 can be connected to the server 400 via the Internet. The user terminals 300 a to 300 c are collectively referred to as “user terminals 300 ” when they are collectively referred to or not specifically distinguished.

服务器400经由网络(例如互联网或专用线路)与店铺的信息系统(以下称为“店铺系统”)连接。店铺系统500包括店员终端600(例如智能手机、移动终端或个人计算机)、店铺终端700、收银台800和储存装置100e。另外,收银台800和储存装置100e例如经由LAN(LocalArea Network)与店铺终端700连接。关于收银台800和储存装置100e,在后述的变形例中使用。The server 400 is connected to a store's information system (hereinafter referred to as "store system") via a network (eg, the Internet or a dedicated line). The shop system 500 includes a shop assistant terminal 600 (eg, a smartphone, a mobile terminal, or a personal computer), a shop terminal 700, a cash register 800, and a storage device 100e. In addition, the cash register 800 and the storage device 100e are connected to the store terminal 700 via, for example, a LAN (Local Area Network). The cash register 800 and the storage device 100e are used in the modified example described later.

在服务器400的站点上,提供关于店铺、储存装置100和商品104的信息。用户终端300具有访问服务器400而下载各种数据并显示画面、或者将通过用户操作输入的各种数据上传至服务器400的应用程序。即,设想为由用户终端300所具有的应用程序控制用户终端300的动作的原生应用的方式。但是,也可以采用由网页中包括的脚本控制用户终端300的动作的Web应用的方式。Web应用的方式中,用户终端300通过在浏览器中执行网页中包括的脚本,而进行与原生应用的情况同样的处理。On the site of the server 400, information on the store, the storage device 100, and the commodity 104 is provided. The user terminal 300 has an application program that accesses the server 400 and downloads various data and displays a screen, or uploads various data input by a user operation to the server 400 . That is, it is assumed that it is a native application system in which the operation of the user terminal 300 is controlled by an application program included in the user terminal 300 . However, it is also possible to employ a web application in which the operation of the user terminal 300 is controlled by a script included in the web page. In the web application method, the user terminal 300 executes the script included in the web page in the browser to perform the same processing as in the case of the native application.

本实施方式中,用户122使用用户终端300a查看储存装置100a~d中收容的商品104,在Web上购买中意的商品104。然后,之后前往储存装置100a~100d处,接收购买的商品104。将该交易方式称为“储存内商品的事前购买方式”。In the present embodiment, the user 122 uses the user terminal 300a to view the commodities 104 stored in the storage devices 100a-d, and purchases the desired commodities 104 on the Web. Then, it goes to the storage devices 100 a to 100 d and receives the purchased commodity 104 . This transaction method is referred to as the "pre-purchase method of goods in storage".

本实施方式中使用的电子票据对购买了商品104的用户122发放。由用户终端300a的应用程序,实现保存从服务器400接收到的电子票据、将电子票据作为QR码显示在显示器上的功能。The electronic ticket used in this embodiment is issued to the user 122 who purchased the commodity 104 . The function of saving the electronic receipt received from the server 400 and displaying the electronic receipt as a QR code on the display is realized by the application program of the user terminal 300a.

图7是表示储存内商品的事前购买方式的概要图。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing a method of pre-purchasing an item in stock.

该例中,店员120在午休前的11时30分将商品104收纳至储存装置100a。该例中的商品104是盒饭等。收纳的商品104是店铺方选择的商品。收纳的商品104的信息被通知至服务器400,在服务器400的站点上公开。由此,用户终端300能够访问服务器400的站点,实时地浏览储存装置100a中收容的商品104。In this example, the store clerk 120 stores the commodity 104 in the storage device 100a at 11:30 before the lunch break. The commodity 104 in this example is a lunch box or the like. The stored product 104 is a product selected by the store side. The information of the stored commodity 104 is notified to the server 400 and disclosed on the site of the server 400 . As a result, the user terminal 300 can access the site of the server 400 and browse the commodities 104 stored in the storage device 100a in real time.

之后,用户122在11时40分用用户终端300浏览储存装置100a内的商品104,选择并购买中意的商品104。在该时刻交易成立,在服务器400中将销售额计入。然后,购买的商品104由用户122拥有。但是,该商品104仍然保持被收容在储存装置100a中的状态。另外,用户122购买商品104时,服务器400对用户终端300发送电子票据。用户终端300存储接收的电子票据。After that, at 11:40, the user 122 browses the commodities 104 in the storage device 100a with the user terminal 300, and selects and purchases the desired commodities 104. At this point in time, the transaction is established, and the server 400 includes the sales. The purchased item 104 is then owned by the user 122 . However, the commodity 104 remains in the state stored in the storage device 100a. In addition, when the user 122 purchases the commodity 104 , the server 400 transmits an electronic receipt to the user terminal 300 . The user terminal 300 stores the received electronic ticket.

在午休的12时10分,用户122携带用户终端300移动至储存装置100a的设置场所。用户122操作用户终端300,使其显示电子票据的QR码,并对储存装置100a的票据读取器114出示该QR码。票据读取器114读取电子票据的QR码时,使门102解锁。然后,用户122打开储存装置100a的门102,取出自己购买的商品104。用户122关闭储存装置100a的门102时,门102被锁定。在用户122取出了并未购买的商品104时发出警告,用户122重新取出商品104。该例中电子票据仅限于1次有效,所以在取出了购买的商品104的时刻从票据列表中被删除。即,用户122不能使用同一电子票据再次打开储存装置100a的门102。另外,关于支付,可以是事先支付或事后支付的电子结算或现金结算等现有方法。以下,详细叙述该方式下的处理。At 12:10 during the lunch break, the user 122 carries the user terminal 300 and moves to the installation place of the storage device 100a. The user 122 operates the user terminal 300 to display the QR code of the electronic receipt, and presents the QR code to the receipt reader 114 of the storage device 100a. The door 102 is unlocked when the ticket reader 114 reads the QR code of the electronic ticket. Then, the user 122 opens the door 102 of the storage device 100a, and takes out the commodity 104 he purchased. When the user 122 closes the door 102 of the storage device 100a, the door 102 is locked. When the user 122 takes out the product 104 that has not been purchased, a warning is issued, and the user 122 takes out the product 104 again. In this example, the electronic receipt is valid only once, so it is deleted from the receipt list when the purchased commodity 104 is taken out. That is, the user 122 cannot use the same electronic ticket to open the door 102 of the storage device 100a again. In addition, as for the payment, conventional methods such as electronic settlement or cash settlement of prepayment or postpayment may be used. Hereinafter, the processing in this mode will be described in detail.

图8是用户终端300的功能框图。FIG. 8 is a functional block diagram of the user terminal 300 .

用户终端300包括用户界面处理部310、数据处理部340、通信部350和数据保存部380。用户界面处理部310经由触摸面板等接受来自用户的操作,并且负责图像显示和声音输出等用户界面处理。通信部350负责经由网络的通信处理。数据保存部380保存各种数据。数据处理部340基于由通信部350取得的数据和数据保存部380中保存的数据执行各种处理。数据处理部340也发挥用户界面处理部310、通信部350和数据保存部380的接口的功能。The user terminal 300 includes a user interface processing unit 310 , a data processing unit 340 , a communication unit 350 , and a data storage unit 380 . The user interface processing unit 310 accepts operations from the user via a touch panel or the like, and is responsible for user interface processing such as image display and sound output. The communication unit 350 is in charge of communication processing via the network. The data storage unit 380 stores various data. The data processing unit 340 executes various processes based on the data acquired by the communication unit 350 and the data stored in the data storage unit 380 . The data processing unit 340 also functions as an interface of the user interface processing unit 310 , the communication unit 350 , and the data storage unit 380 .

用户界面处理部310包括接受由用户进行的操作输入的输入部320和对用户进行信息提示的输出部330。输入部320包括接受用户操作的操作接受部322。输出部330包括票据输出部332和图像输出部334。票据输出部332用QR码显示电子票据。图像输出部334显示各种画面。The user interface processing unit 310 includes an input unit 320 that accepts an operation input by the user, and an output unit 330 that presents information to the user. The input unit 320 includes an operation accepting unit 322 that accepts user operations. The output unit 330 includes a receipt output unit 332 and an image output unit 334 . The receipt output unit 332 displays the electronic receipt with a QR code. The image output unit 334 displays various screens.

数据处理部340包括检测用户终端300的当前位置的位置检测部342。位置检测部342例如在由服务器400请求当前位置时工作。The data processing unit 340 includes a position detection unit 342 that detects the current position of the user terminal 300 . The position detection unit 342 operates, for example, when the current position is requested from the server 400 .

通信部350包括发送数据的发送部360和接收数据的接收部370。The communication unit 350 includes a transmission unit 360 that transmits data and a reception unit 370 that receives data.

发送部360包括请求发送部362、位置发送部364和帐户信息发送部366。请求发送部362发送各种请求。位置发送部364发送用户终端300的当前位置。帐户信息发送部366发送帐户信息。The sending unit 360 includes a request sending unit 362 , a location sending unit 364 , and an account information sending unit 366 . The request sending unit 362 sends various requests. The position transmitter 364 transmits the current position of the user terminal 300 . The account information transmitting unit 366 transmits account information.

接收部370包括画面数据接收部372和票据接收部374。画面数据接收部372接收各种画面的数据。票据接收部374接收电子票据。The receiving unit 370 includes a screen data receiving unit 372 and a receipt receiving unit 374 . The screen data receiving unit 372 receives data of various screens. The receipt receiving unit 374 receives electronic receipts.

数据保存部380包括存储由服务器400赋予的电子票据的票据存储部382和存储帐户信息的帐户信息存储部384。The data storage unit 380 includes a ticket storage unit 382 that stores electronic tickets issued by the server 400 and an account information storage unit 384 that stores account information.

图9是服务器400的功能框图。FIG. 9 is a functional block diagram of the server 400 .

服务器400包括数据处理部440、通信部450和数据保存部480。通信部450负责经由网络的通信处理。数据保存部480保存各种数据。数据处理部440基于由通信部450取得的数据和数据保存部480中保存的数据执行各种处理。数据处理部440也发挥通信部450和数据保存部480的接口的功能。The server 400 includes a data processing unit 440 , a communication unit 450 , and a data storage unit 480 . The communication unit 450 is in charge of communication processing via the network. The data storage unit 480 stores various data. The data processing unit 440 executes various processes based on the data acquired by the communication unit 450 and the data stored in the data storage unit 480 . The data processing unit 440 also functions as an interface between the communication unit 450 and the data storage unit 480 .

数据处理部440包括商品列表管理部442、用户认证部443、画面数据生成部444、储存选择部445、票据生成部446、交易管理部448和商品验证部449。The data processing unit 440 includes a commodity list management unit 442 , a user authentication unit 443 , a screen data generation unit 444 , a storage selection unit 445 , a receipt generation unit 446 , a transaction management unit 448 , and a commodity verification unit 449 .

商品列表管理部442管理储存装置100中收容的商品104的列表(以下称为“储存内商品列表”)。用户认证部443在从用户终端300接受访问时,进行用户认证处理。通过用户认证处理,排除非法的访问,并且在合法的访问中识别用户ID。用户认证处理可以是现有技术。画面数据生成部444生成在用户终端300中显示的各种画面的数据。储存选择部445选择储存装置100。票据生成部446生成电子票据。另外,票据生成部446也存在在后述的变形例中生成纸质票据的数据的情况。交易管理部448对商品104的销售额和预约等交易进行管理。商品验证部449判断从储存装置100取出的商品104或者收纳至储存装置100的商品104是否正确。The product list management unit 442 manages a list of the products 104 stored in the storage device 100 (hereinafter referred to as "stored product list"). The user authentication unit 443 performs user authentication processing when receiving access from the user terminal 300 . Through user authentication processing, illegal access is excluded, and the user ID is identified in legitimate access. The user authentication process may be in the prior art. The screen data generating unit 444 generates data of various screens displayed on the user terminal 300 . The storage selection unit 445 selects the storage device 100 . The receipt generation unit 446 generates an electronic receipt. In addition, the receipt generation part 446 may generate|occur|produce the data of a paper receipt in the modification mentioned later. The transaction management unit 448 manages transactions such as sales and reservations of the merchandise 104 . The commodity verification unit 449 determines whether the commodity 104 taken out from the storage device 100 or the commodity 104 stored in the storage device 100 is correct.

通信部450包括发送数据的发送部460和接收数据的接收部470。The communication unit 450 includes a transmission unit 460 that transmits data and a reception unit 470 that receives data.

发送部460包括画面数据发送部462、票据发送部464、是否允许通知发送部466、保留指示发送部468和预约通知发送部452。The sending unit 460 includes a screen data sending unit 462 , a receipt sending unit 464 , a permission notification sending unit 466 , a reservation instruction sending unit 468 , and a reservation notification sending unit 452 .

画面数据发送部462发送在用户终端300中显示的各种画面的数据。票据发送部464发送电子票据。是否允许通知发送部466发送是否允许通知。关于保留指示发送部468,在后述的变形例4中说明。关于预约通知发送部452,在后述的变形例8中说明。The screen data transmitting unit 462 transmits data of various screens displayed on the user terminal 300 . The receipt sending unit 464 sends electronic receipts. The permission notification sending unit 466 transmits the permission notification. The reservation instruction transmission unit 468 will be described in Modification 4, which will be described later. The reservation notification sending unit 452 will be described in Modification 8 to be described later.

接收部470包括收纳通知接收部472、请求接收部474、取出通知接收部476、位置接收部478和帐户信息接收部479。The reception unit 470 includes a storage notification reception unit 472 , a request reception unit 474 , a withdrawal notification reception unit 476 , a position reception unit 478 , and an account information reception unit 479 .

收纳通知接收部472接收收纳通知。请求接收部474接收各种请求。取出通知接收部476接收取出通知。位置接收部478接收用户终端300的当前位置。帐户信息接收部479接收帐户信息。The storage notification receiving unit 472 receives the storage notification. The request receiving unit 474 receives various requests. The withdrawal notification receiving unit 476 receives the withdrawal notification. The position receiving unit 478 receives the current position of the user terminal 300 . The account information receiving unit 479 receives account information.

数据保存部480包括店铺表存储部481、商品主表存储部482、储存表存储部483、储存内商品列表存储部484、用户表存储部485、票据表存储部486、销售额表存储部488和预约表存储部490。The data storage unit 480 includes a store table storage unit 481 , a product master table storage unit 482 , a storage table storage unit 483 , an in-storage product list storage unit 484 , a user table storage unit 485 , a receipt table storage unit 486 , and a sales table storage unit 488 and reservation table storage unit 490 .

店铺表存储部481存储店铺表。店铺表具有每个店铺的记录。记录中保存有店铺ID、店铺名和店铺位置等。店铺ID是为了信息处理而使用的店铺的识别符,可以不对外部公开。店铺名例如是“中央车站前店”等。店铺位置包括地址、楼名和楼层数、经纬度等。The store table storage unit 481 stores a store table. The store table has a record for each store. Store ID, store name, store location, etc. are stored in the record. The store ID is an identifier of a store used for information processing, and does not need to be disclosed to the outside. The store name is, for example, "Central Station Front Store" or the like. The store location includes address, building name and number of floors, longitude and latitude, etc.

商品主表存储部482存储商品主表。商品主表具有储存装置100中涉及的每个商品104的记录。记录中保存有商品ID、商品的种类、商品名、商品条形码118的数据、价格和照片数据等。商品ID是为了信息处理而使用的商品104的识别符,可以不对外部公开。商品的种类例如是盒饭、沙拉和饮料等。商品名例如是“天妇罗盒饭”和“寿喜烧盒饭”等。照片的数据是为了在用户终端300中显示的商品购买画面中包括商品104的外观而使用的。关于商品购买画面,与图12关联地在后文中叙述。The commodity master storage unit 482 stores the commodity master. The commodity master table has a record for each commodity 104 involved in the storage device 100 . The record stores product ID, product type, product name, data of product barcode 118, price, photograph data, and the like. The product ID is an identifier of the product 104 used for information processing, and does not need to be disclosed to the outside. The types of goods are, for example, lunch boxes, salads, drinks, and the like. The trade names are, for example, "Tempura Bento" and "Sukiyaki Bento". The data of the photo is used to include the appearance of the product 104 in the product purchase screen displayed on the user terminal 300 . The product purchase screen will be described later in relation to FIG. 12 .

储存表存储部483存储储存表。储存表具有每个储存装置100的记录。记录中保存有储存ID、储存名、设置场所、管理店铺ID和楼层简图等。储存ID是为了信息处理而使用的储存装置100的识别符,可以不对外部公开。储存名例如是“楼A-F4”或“楼A-F1”等。设置场所包括地址、楼名和楼层数、经纬度等。管理店铺ID是管理储存装置100的店铺的店铺ID。楼层简图被包括在用户终端300中显示的储存确认画面中。关于楼层简图,与图11关联地在后文中叙述。The storage table storage unit 483 stores the storage table. The storage table has records for each storage device 100 . The storage ID, storage name, installation location, management store ID, floor plan, and the like are stored in the record. The storage ID is an identifier of the storage device 100 used for information processing, and may not be disclosed to the outside. The storage name is, for example, "Building A-F4" or "Building A-F1" or the like. The setting place includes address, building name and number of floors, longitude and latitude, etc. The management store ID is the store ID of the store in which the storage device 100 is managed. The floor plan is included in the storage confirmation screen displayed in the user terminal 300 . The floor plan will be described later in relation to FIG. 11 .

储存内商品列表存储部484存储储存内商品列表。关于储存内商品列表,与图14关联地在后文中叙述。The in-store item list storage unit 484 stores an in-store item list. The stored commodity list will be described later in relation to FIG. 14 .

用户表存储部485存储用户表。用户表具有事前登记的每个用户、即会员的记录。记录中保存有用户ID、用户名、帐户信息、工作地点附近的储存装置100的储存装置ID、住宅附近的储存装置100的储存装置ID和电子结算方式的信息等。工作地点附近的储存装置100是设想为工作中的商品介绍的对象。住宅附近的储存装置100是设想为在家的商品介绍的对象。另外,设想为工作中的条件可以是时段,也可以是用户终端300的当前位置。同样,设想为在家的条件可以用时段判断,也可以用当前位置判断。工作地点附近的储存装置100和住宅附近的储存装置100能够由用户操作进行登记。关于这些储存装置100的登记,与图10关联地在后文中叙述。The user table storage unit 485 stores a user table. The user table has a record of each user, that is, a member registered in advance. The record stores the user ID, user name, account information, storage device ID of the storage device 100 near the workplace, storage device ID of the storage device 100 near the home, information on the electronic settlement method, and the like. The storage device 100 in the vicinity of the work place is supposed to be an object of introduction of products at work. The storage device 100 in the vicinity of the house is an object of introduction of products assumed to be at home. In addition, it is assumed that the working condition may be the time period or the current position of the user terminal 300 . Similarly, it is assumed that the condition of being at home can be judged by the time period or the current position. The storage device 100 near the work place and the storage device 100 near the home can be registered by the user's operation. The registration of these storage devices 100 will be described later in relation to FIG. 10 .

票据表存储部486存储票据表。关于票据表,与图15关联地在后文中叙述。The receipt table storage unit 486 stores a receipt table. The receipt table will be described later in relation to FIG. 15 .

销售额表存储部488存储销售额表。关于销售额表,与图16关联地在后文中叙述。The sales table storage unit 488 stores a sales table. The sales table will be described later in relation to FIG. 16 .

预约表存储部490存储预约表。关于预约表,在后述的变形例1中说明。The reservation table storage unit 490 stores a reservation table. The reservation table will be described in Modification 1 to be described later.

图10是储存配置画面的例子。FIG. 10 is an example of a storage configuration screen.

从用户终端300访问服务器400时,显示储存配置画面。该例设想为工作中。在地图上显示当前位置(图中的黑色圆点)附近的储存装置100的设置场所。特别是对于被登记为工作地点附近的储存装置100的储存装置100进行强调显示。这些储存装置100是商品介绍的对象。关于工作地点附近的储存装置100,可以默认设定从工作地点起规定范围内的储存装置。储存确认按钮被触摸时,显示储存确认画面(图11)。商品菜单按钮被触摸时,显示商品购买画面(图12)。When accessing the server 400 from the user terminal 300, the storage configuration screen is displayed. This example is assumed to be at work. The installation places of the storage device 100 near the current position (black circles in the figure) are displayed on the map. In particular, the storage device 100 registered as the storage device 100 near the work place is highlighted and displayed. These storage devices 100 are objects of product introduction. Regarding the storage device 100 in the vicinity of the work place, a storage device within a predetermined range from the work place may be set by default. When the storage confirmation button is touched, the storage confirmation screen (Fig. 11) is displayed. When the product menu button is touched, the product purchase screen (FIG. 12) is displayed.

图11是储存确认画面的例子。FIG. 11 is an example of a storage confirmation screen.

在储存确认画面中,显示楼层简图。在楼层简图中示出了楼层内的储存装置100的位置。楼层简图是表示储存装置100设置在的建筑或用地内的位置的数据的例子。该例中,因为被登记为工作地点附近的储存装置100,所以对登记按钮附加了图案。用户触摸解除按钮时,该储存装置100的登记被解除。相反,在没有被登记为工作地点附近的储存装置100的情况下,对解除按钮附加图案,触摸登记按钮时,该储存装置100被登记。On the save confirmation screen, the floor map is displayed. The location of the storage device 100 within the floor is shown in the floor plan. The floor plan is an example of data showing the position in the building or site where the storage device 100 is installed. In this example, since it is registered as the storage device 100 in the vicinity of the work place, a pattern is added to the registration button. When the user touches the cancel button, the registration of the storage device 100 is canceled. Conversely, when it is not registered as the storage device 100 near the work place, a pattern is added to the release button, and when the registration button is touched, the storage device 100 is registered.

图12是商品购买画面的例子。FIG. 12 is an example of a product purchase screen.

该例中的商品购买画面中,显示作为商品介绍的对象的储存装置100中能够购买的商品104。图12的商品购买画面在用户终端300中显示。例如在能够购买的商品104中选择了盒饭,显示其商品名、价格、照片和储存装置名。进而,也与商品104对应地显示申请购买用的购买按钮。例如用户122触摸“天妇罗盒饭”的购买按钮时,用户122购买了储存装置100a中收容的“天妇罗盒饭”。对于已购买的商品104,不在商品购买画面中显示。该例中如果最初只有1个“天妇罗盒饭”,则用户122购买后不再在商品购买画面中显示“天妇罗盒饭”。On the product purchase screen in this example, the products 104 that can be purchased in the storage device 100 that is the object of the product introduction are displayed. The product purchase screen of FIG. 12 is displayed on the user terminal 300 . For example, a lunch box is selected among the purchasable products 104, and the product name, price, photo, and storage device name are displayed. Furthermore, a purchase button for applying for purchase is also displayed in correspondence with the product 104 . For example, when the user 122 touches the purchase button of "tempura lunch", the user 122 purchases the "tempura lunch" stored in the storage device 100a. The purchased product 104 is not displayed on the product purchase screen. In this example, if there is only one "Tempura Bento" initially, the "Tempura Bento" is no longer displayed on the product purchase screen after the user 122 purchases it.

触摸沙拉按钮或饮料按钮这样的表示其他商品104的种类的按钮时,切换至该种类的商品104的一览。When a button such as a salad button or a drink button indicating the type of the other product 104 is touched, it switches to the list of the product 104 of that type.

触摸推荐按钮时,显示推荐的商品104的组合。例如,显示“天妇罗盒饭”与“萝卜沙拉”与“绿茶”的组合。推荐的商品104的组合在服务器400中被存储。推荐的商品104的组合的设定可以由服务器400的运营者进行,也可以由店铺的管理者进行。也可以与时刻相应地决定商品104的组合。也可以显示推荐的组合的商品104的总热量和与该总热量相应地应当通过运动消耗的热量。另外,也可以基于应当消耗的热量,计算并显示应当步行的距离和应当攀登的台阶数。When the recommendation button is touched, a combination of recommended items 104 is displayed. For example, the combination of "Tempura Bento" and "Radish Salad" and "Green Tea" is displayed. The combination of recommended items 104 is stored in the server 400 . The setting of the combination of the recommended products 104 may be performed by the operator of the server 400 or by the manager of the store. The combination of the commodities 104 may be determined according to the time. It is also possible to display the total calorie of the recommended combined product 104 and the calorie that should be consumed by exercise in accordance with the total calorie. In addition, based on the calories to be consumed, the distance to be walked and the number of steps to be climbed may be calculated and displayed.

触摸经典按钮时,切换至购买次数多的商品104的一览。可以基于用户个人的购买历史决定商品104,也可以基于用户属性(例如性别和年龄等)共通的用户层的购买历史决定商品104。另外,也可以基于全部用户的购买历史决定商品104。此外,也可以参考无人店铺中的购买历史等。When the classic button is touched, it switches to the list of products 104 that have been purchased a lot. The product 104 may be determined based on the purchase history of an individual user, or the product 104 may be determined based on the purchase history of the user layer whose user attributes (eg, gender, age, etc.) are common. In addition, the product 104 may be determined based on the purchase history of all users. In addition, you can also refer to the purchase history in the unmanned store, etc.

触摸折扣按钮时,显示打折的商品104的一览。服务器400可以与有效期相应地自动设定折扣。也可以与未售出数相应地自动设定折扣。也可以对位于储存装置100附近的用户优先地进行打折。也可以与用户的消费金额相应地设定折扣。When the discount button is touched, a list of discounted items 104 is displayed. The server 400 can automatically set the discount according to the validity period. The discount can also be automatically set according to the unsold number. Discounts may also be preferentially given to users located near the storage device 100 . The discount may also be set according to the consumption amount of the user.

用户触摸确定按钮时,商品购买画面关闭,显示路线导航画面。When the user touches the OK button, the product purchase screen is closed, and the route navigation screen is displayed.

图13是路线导航画面的例子。FIG. 13 is an example of a route navigation screen.

在路线导航画面中,示出将收容了用户已购买的商品的储存装置100相连的路线。路线的决定方法并不限定。可以示出最短距离的路线。或者,也可以示出基准的距离以上的路线,促进运动。另外,事前购入或者事前预约的商品在该储存装置100中售罄的情况或被交货至更近的储存装置100等情况下可以再次计算并显示路线。On the route navigation screen, a route connecting the storage device 100 storing the commodity purchased by the user is shown. The method of determining the route is not limited. The shortest distance route can be shown. Alternatively, it is also possible to display a route longer than a reference distance to promote exercise. In addition, the route can be recalculated and displayed when the pre-purchased or pre-reserved product is sold out in the storage device 100 or when it is delivered to a nearby storage device 100 or the like.

图14是储存内商品列表的数据结构图。FIG. 14 is a data structure diagram of an in-store commodity list.

储存内商品列表是为了了解各储存装置100中收容的商品而使用的。储存内商品列表按每个储存装置100设置。在储存内商品列表中存储有该储存装置100中收容的各商品的商品ID和购买状况。购买状况表示未购买或已购买中的任一者。该例中,示出了商品ID是LB01、LB02、LB03和LB04的4种盒饭被收容在储存装置ID是ST001的储存装置100a中的情况。示出了LB01和LB02的商品104是未购买且当前时刻能够购买,并且示出了LB03和LB04的商品104是已购买且当前时刻不能购买。The stored commodity list is used to know the commodities stored in each storage device 100 . The stored commodity list is provided for each storage device 100 . The commodity ID and purchase status of each commodity stored in the storage device 100 are stored in the stored commodity list. The purchase status indicates either unpurchased or purchased. In this example, the case where four kinds of lunch boxes whose product IDs are LB01, LB02, LB03, and LB04 are stored in the storage device 100a whose storage device ID is ST001 is shown. It is shown that the products 104 of LB01 and LB02 are not purchased and can be purchased at the current time, and the products 104 of LB03 and LB04 are shown to be purchased and cannot be purchased at the current time.

图15是票据表的数据结构图。Fig. 15 is a data structure diagram of the receipt table.

票据表是为了管理服务器400发放的电子票据而使用的。票据表具有服务器400发放的每个电子票据的记录。在记录中保存电子票据ID、电子票据的数据和用户ID等。电子票据ID是为了信息处理而使用的电子票据的识别符,可以不对外部公开。电子票据的数据是被变换为QR码的图形的唯一的编码串。用户ID识别被赋予该电子票据的用户。电子票据的数据中可以包括用户ID,也可以包括购买的商品104的商品ID或商品条形码的数据。电子票据的数据也可以是电子票据ID。The ticket table is used to manage electronic tickets issued by the server 400 . The ticket table has a record of each electronic ticket issued by the server 400 . The electronic ticket ID, the data of the electronic ticket, the user ID, and the like are stored in the record. The electronic receipt ID is an identifier of the electronic receipt used for information processing, and does not need to be disclosed to the outside. The data of the electronic receipt is a unique code string that is converted into a QR code image. The user ID identifies the user assigned to the electronic ticket. The data of the electronic ticket may include the user ID, and may also include the data of the product ID or the product barcode of the purchased product 104 . The data of the electronic ticket may also be an electronic ticket ID.

图16是销售额表的数据结构图。FIG. 16 is a data structure diagram of the sales table.

它是用于管理因销售交易而成立的销售额的表。销售额表具有每笔销售交易的记录。在记录中保存交易ID、商品ID、用户ID、销售价格、电子票据ID、储存装置ID和取出状况等。交易ID对于每笔销售交易分配。商品ID识别销售了的商品104。用户ID识别进行了购买的用户122。电子票据ID识别该销售中使用的电子票据。储存装置ID识别该销售中使用的储存装置100。取出状况表示是否已从储存装置100中取出商品104的状况、即未取出或者已取出。It is a table used to manage sales created by sales transactions. The Sales table has a record of each sales transaction. The transaction ID, commodity ID, user ID, sales price, electronic receipt ID, storage device ID, take-out status, and the like are stored in the record. A transaction ID is assigned for each sales transaction. The item ID identifies the item 104 that was sold. The user ID identifies the user 122 who made the purchase. The electronic ticket ID identifies the electronic ticket used in the sale. The storage device ID identifies the storage device 100 used in the sale. The take-out status indicates whether the commodity 104 has been taken out from the storage device 100 , that is, not taken out or taken out.

图17是店员终端600的功能框图。FIG. 17 is a functional block diagram of the shop assistant terminal 600 .

店员终端600包括用户界面处理部610、数据处理部640、通信部650和数据保存部680。用户界面处理部610经由触摸面板等接受来自店员的操作,并且负责图像显示和声音输出等用户界面处理。通信部650负责经由网络的通信处理。数据保存部680保存各种数据。数据处理部640基于由通信部650取得的数据和数据保存部680中保存的数据执行各种处理。数据处理部640也发挥用户界面处理部610、通信部650和数据保存部680的接口的功能。The clerk terminal 600 includes a user interface processing unit 610 , a data processing unit 640 , a communication unit 650 , and a data storage unit 680 . The user interface processing unit 610 accepts operations from a store clerk via a touch panel or the like, and is responsible for user interface processing such as image display and sound output. The communication unit 650 is in charge of communication processing via the network. The data storage unit 680 stores various data. The data processing unit 640 executes various processes based on the data acquired by the communication unit 650 and the data stored in the data storage unit 680 . The data processing unit 640 also functions as an interface of the user interface processing unit 610 , the communication unit 650 , and the data storage unit 680 .

用户界面处理部610包括接受由店员进行的操作输入的输入部620和对店员进行信息提示的输出部630。输入部620包括接受由店员进行的操作的操作接受部622。The user interface processing unit 610 includes an input unit 620 that accepts an operation input by a store clerk, and an output unit 630 that presents information to the store clerk. The input unit 620 includes an operation accepting unit 622 that accepts an operation performed by a store clerk.

输出部630包括票据输出部632和保留列表输出部634。票据输出部632将店员票据作为QR码显示在显示器上。对于店员120,赋予作为业务打开储存装置100的门102用的店员票据。店员票据与对用户122赋予的电子票据同样地在店员终端600上作为QR码显示。店员票据是能够任意次反复使用的类型的票据。关于保留列表输出部634,在后述的变形例4中说明。The output unit 630 includes a ticket output unit 632 and a reservation list output unit 634 . The receipt output unit 632 displays the clerk receipt as a QR code on the display. The shop assistant 120 is given a shop assistant ticket for opening the door 102 of the storage device 100 as a business. The clerk's receipt is displayed as a QR code on the clerk's terminal 600 in the same manner as the electronic receipt given to the user 122 . The clerk ticket is a type of ticket that can be reused any number of times. The reservation list output unit 634 will be described in Modification 4, which will be described later.

通信部650包括发送数据的发送部660和接收数据的接收部670。发送部660包括对店铺终端600请求保留列表的保留列表请求部662。接收部670包括保留列表接收部672。关于保留列表请求部662和保留列表接收部672,在后述的变形例4中说明。The communication unit 650 includes a transmission unit 660 that transmits data and a reception unit 670 that receives data. The transmission unit 660 includes a hold list request unit 662 that requests the store terminal 600 for a hold list. The reception unit 670 includes a reservation list reception unit 672 . The hold list request unit 662 and the hold list reception unit 672 will be described in Modification 4 to be described later.

数据保存部680包括票据存储部682和保留列表存储部684。票据存储部682存储店员票据。关于保留列表存储部684,在后述的变形例4中进行说明。The data storage unit 680 includes a receipt storage unit 682 and a reservation list storage unit 684 . The receipt storage unit 682 stores clerk receipts. The reservation list storage unit 684 will be described in Modification 4, which will be described later.

图18是店员120将商品104收纳至储存装置100a时的序列图。FIG. 18 is a sequence diagram when the store clerk 120 stores the merchandise 104 in the storage device 100a.

店员120要将从店铺带出的商品收纳至储存装置100a时,操作店员终端600使其显示电子票据,对储存装置100a的票据读取器114出示其QR码(S40)。When the store clerk 120 stores the merchandise brought out from the store in the storage device 100a, the store clerk terminal 600 is operated to display the electronic receipt, and the QR code is shown to the receipt reader 114 of the storage device 100a (S40).

关于储存装置100a的基本动作,如图4中所说明。此处,仅说明基本动作中的一部分处理。The basic operation of the storage device 100a is as described in FIG. 4 . Here, only a part of processing in the basic operation will be described.

关于通过储存装置100a的票据读取部222获得的店员票据认证成功(S42),店员120完成商品104的收纳时,收纳通知发送部262对服务器400发送收纳通知(S44)。收纳通知中包括收纳的商品104的商品条形码118的数据和已使用的店员票据。When the store clerk receipt authentication obtained by the receipt reading unit 222 of the storage device 100 a succeeds ( S42 ) and the store clerk 120 completes the storage of the commodity 104 , the storage notification sending unit 262 sends a storage notification to the server 400 ( S44 ). The storage notification includes the data of the product barcode 118 of the stored product 104 and the used clerk's receipt.

服务器400的收纳通知接收部472接收收纳通知时,商品列表管理部442将与收纳的商品104的商品条形码118对应的商品ID追加至储存内商品列表(S46)。在对应的购买状况中设定未购买。然后,是否允许通知发送部466对储存装置100a发送表示允许的通知。When the storage notification receiving unit 472 of the server 400 receives the storage notification, the product list management unit 442 adds the product ID corresponding to the product barcode 118 of the stored product 104 to the stored product list (S46). Set not purchased in the corresponding purchase status. Then, the permission notification sending unit 466 sends a notification indicating permission to the storage device 100a.

图19和图20是用户122从用户终端300a访问服务器400的站点并购买位于储存装置100a中的商品104时的序列图。19 and 20 are sequence diagrams when the user 122 accesses the site of the server 400 from the user terminal 300a and purchases the commodity 104 located in the storage device 100a.

用户终端300a的应用程序起动时,帐户信息发送部366对服务器400发送帐户信息存储部384中存储的帐户信息(S300)。When the application of the user terminal 300a is activated, the account information transmission unit 366 transmits the account information stored in the account information storage unit 384 to the server 400 (S300).

服务器400的帐户信息接收部479接收帐户信息时,用户认证部443进行用户认证(S302)。用户认证成功时,储存选择部445选择显示的储存装置100(S304)。具体而言,选择被登记为工作地点附近的储存装置100的储存装置100。或者,也可以取得用户终端300a的当前位置,提取位于用户终端300a的一定距离内的储存装置100。When the account information receiving unit 479 of the server 400 receives the account information, the user authentication unit 443 performs user authentication (S302). When the user authentication is successful, the storage selection unit 445 selects the displayed storage device 100 (S304). Specifically, the storage device 100 registered as the storage device 100 in the vicinity of the work place is selected. Alternatively, the current position of the user terminal 300a may be acquired, and the storage device 100 located within a certain distance of the user terminal 300a may be extracted.

服务器400的画面数据生成部444参照储存表,生成储存配置画面(S306)。画面数据发送部462对用户终端300a发送储存配置画面的数据(S308)。The screen data generation unit 444 of the server 400 refers to the storage table, and generates a storage layout screen (S306). The screen data transmitting unit 462 transmits the data storing the layout screen to the user terminal 300a (S308).

用户终端300a的画面数据接收部372接收储存配置画面的数据时,图像输出部334显示储存配置画面(S310)。操作接受部322接受储存确认按钮的触摸时(S312),请求发送部362对服务器400发送储存确认请求。When the screen data receiving unit 372 of the user terminal 300a receives the data of the storage configuration screen, the image output unit 334 displays the storage configuration screen (S310). When the operation acceptance unit 322 accepts the touch of the storage confirmation button ( S312 ), the request transmission unit 362 transmits a storage confirmation request to the server 400 .

服务器400的请求接收部474接收储存确认请求时,画面数据生成部444参照储存表,生成储存确认画面(S314)。画面数据发送部462对用户终端300a发送储存确认画面的数据(S316)。When the request receiving unit 474 of the server 400 receives the storage confirmation request, the screen data generating unit 444 refers to the storage table and generates a storage confirmation screen (S314). The screen data transmitting unit 462 transmits the data storing the confirmation screen to the user terminal 300a (S316).

画面数据接收部372接收储存确认画面的数据时,图像输出部334显示储存确认画面(S318)。操作接受部322接受关闭按钮的触摸时(S320),储存确认画面被关闭,再次显示储存配置画面。When the screen data receiving unit 372 receives the data of the storage confirmation screen, the image output unit 334 displays the storage confirmation screen (S318). When the operation accepting unit 322 accepts the touch of the close button ( S320 ), the storage confirmation screen is closed, and the storage configuration screen is displayed again.

操作接受部322接受储存配置画面的商品菜单按钮的触摸时,请求发送部362对服务器400发送商品菜单请求(S322)。When the operation accepting unit 322 accepts the touch of the product menu button on the storage arrangement screen, the request sending unit 362 sends a product menu request to the server 400 ( S322 ).

转移至图20。服务器400的请求接收部474接收商品菜单请求时,画面数据生成部444基于所选择的储存装置100的储存内商品列表生成商品购买画面(S50)。然后,画面数据发送部462对用户终端300a发送生成的商品购买画面的数据(S52)。Move to Figure 20. When the request receiving unit 474 of the server 400 receives the product menu request, the screen data generating unit 444 generates a product purchase screen based on the list of stored products in the selected storage device 100 (S50). Then, the screen data transmission unit 462 transmits the data of the generated product purchase screen to the user terminal 300a (S52).

用户终端300的画面数据接收部372接收商品购买画面的数据时,图像输出部334显示商品购买画面。用户122在商品购买画面中选择商品104并触摸购买按钮时,操作接受部322接受购买按钮的触摸,识别相当于购买对象的商品104的商品ID和储存装置ID(S54)。请求发送部362对服务器400发送包括该商品ID和储存装置ID的购买请求。因为在事前购买之后收取商品104,所以购买请求也具有商品104的收取请求的含义。When the screen data receiving unit 372 of the user terminal 300 receives the data of the product purchase screen, the image output unit 334 displays the product purchase screen. When the user 122 selects the item 104 on the item purchase screen and touches the purchase button, the operation accepting unit 322 accepts the touch of the purchase button and recognizes the item ID and storage device ID of the item 104 corresponding to the purchase target (S54). The request sending unit 362 sends a purchase request including the product ID and the storage device ID to the server 400 . Since the commodity 104 is collected after the pre-purchase, the purchase request also has the meaning of a request for collection of the commodity 104 .

服务器400的请求接收部474接收购买请求时,票据生成部446生成购买了商品104的用户122用的电子票据(S56)。一个电子票据对一个用户122发放,不对不同的用户122发放同一电子票据。对一个用户122反复发放的电子票据可以每次都不同,也可以是共通的。像会员认证码这样反复使用同一电子票据的情况下,也可以不发送电子票据本身,而是仅发送使由用户终端300保存的电子票据有效的指示。票据生成部446在票据表存储部486中追加新的电子票据的记录。然后,票据发送部464对储存装置100a和用户终端300发送电子票据(S58)。When the request receiving unit 474 of the server 400 receives the purchase request, the receipt generating unit 446 generates an electronic receipt for the user 122 who purchased the commodity 104 (S56). One electronic ticket is issued to one user 122 , and the same electronic ticket is not issued to different users 122 . The electronic receipts repeatedly issued to one user 122 may be different each time, or may be common. When the same electronic ticket is used repeatedly like a member authentication code, the electronic ticket itself may not be transmitted, but only an instruction to validate the electronic ticket stored in the user terminal 300 may be transmitted. The receipt generation unit 446 adds a new record of the electronic receipt to the receipt table storage unit 486 . Then, the receipt sending unit 464 sends the electronic receipt to the storage device 100a and the user terminal 300 (S58).

储存装置100a的票据接收部272接收电子票据时,票据列表管理部252将接收到的电子票据追加至票据列表(S60)。另外,用户终端300的票据接收部374接收电子票据时,将电子票据存储在票据存储部382中。When the receipt receiving unit 272 of the storage device 100a receives the electronic receipt, the receipt list management unit 252 adds the received electronic receipt to the receipt list (S60). In addition, when the receipt receiving unit 374 of the user terminal 300 receives the electronic receipt, the electronic receipt is stored in the receipt storage unit 382 .

在S58之后,作为已购买的商品的销售额处理,服务器400的交易管理部448在销售额表中追加新的记录(S62)。商品列表管理部442将储存装置100a的储存内商品列表中的已购买的商品104的购买状况变更为已购买(S64)。交易管理部448可以与销售额处理一同进行结算处理。结算处理可以是事先支付或事后支付的电子结算或现金结算等现有方法。关于后述的变形例,也同样可以与销售额处理一同进行结算处理。After S58, the transaction management unit 448 of the server 400 adds a new record to the sales table as the sales amount of the purchased product (S62). The product list management unit 442 changes the purchase status of the purchased product 104 in the stored product list of the storage device 100a to purchased (S64). The transaction management unit 448 may perform settlement processing together with sales processing. The settlement process may be an existing method such as electronic settlement or cash settlement of pre-payment or post-payment. In the modified example to be described later, the settlement process can be similarly performed together with the sales amount process.

图21是用户122从储存装置100a中取出购买的商品104时的序列图。FIG. 21 is a sequence diagram when the user 122 retrieves the purchased product 104 from the storage device 100a.

操作接受部322接受QR码的显示指示的操作时,票据输出部322将票据存储部382中存储的电子票据变换为QR码的图形并在显示器上显示(S70)。用户122对储存装置100a的票据读取器114出示显示的QR码。When the operation accepting unit 322 accepts the operation of the QR code display instruction, the receipt output unit 322 converts the electronic receipt stored in the receipt storage unit 382 into a QR code graphic and displays it on the display (S70). The user 122 presents the displayed QR code to the receipt reader 114 of the storage device 100a.

储存装置100a的票据读取部222读取该QR码(电子票据)时,票据认证部242进行读取的电子票据的认证(S72)。如果与票据列表中包括的某一电子票据一致,则认证成功。如果与票据列表中包括的任何电子票据都不一致,则认证失败。该例中,因为与图20的S60中存储的电子票据一致,所以认证成功。之后,用户122取出商品104并关闭门102时,取出通知发送部264对服务器400发送取出通知(S74)。取出通知中包括取出的商品104的商品条形码118的数据和使用的电子票据。When the receipt reading unit 222 of the storage device 100a reads the QR code (electronic receipt), the receipt authentication unit 242 authenticates the read electronic receipt (S72). If it is consistent with an electronic ticket included in the ticket list, the authentication is successful. Authentication fails if it does not match any electronic ticket included in the ticket list. In this example, since it matches the electronic receipt stored in S60 of FIG. 20 , the authentication is successful. After that, when the user 122 takes out the commodity 104 and closes the door 102, the take-out notification transmission unit 264 transmits a take-out notification to the server 400 (S74). The take-out notification includes the data of the commodity bar code 118 of the commodity 104 taken out and the electronic ticket used.

服务器400的取出通知接收部476接收取出通知时,商品验证部449判断从储存装置100取出的商品104是否正确(S75)。具体而言,商品验证部449参照商品主表,识别与商品条形码118对应的商品ID。该商品ID相当于从储存装置100a取出的商品。接着,商品验证部449参照票据表,识别与电子票据对应的用户ID,进而参照销售额表,识别与相当于取出通知的发送源的储存装置ID与用户ID的组对应的商品ID。该商品ID相当于用户122在储存装置100a中购买的商品。如果双方的商品ID一致,则用户122取出了购买的商品,所以验证成功。另一方面,如果双方的商品ID不一致,则用户取出了购买的商品以外的商品,所以验证失败。验证失败的情况下,是否允许通知发送部466对储存装置100a发送表示拒绝的通知,返回S74的处理。When the take-out notification receiving unit 476 of the server 400 receives the take-out notice, the commodity verification unit 449 determines whether the commodity 104 taken out from the storage device 100 is correct (S75). Specifically, the product verification unit 449 refers to the product master table, and identifies the product ID corresponding to the product barcode 118 . This commodity ID corresponds to the commodity taken out from the storage device 100a. Next, the product verification unit 449 refers to the receipt table to identify the user ID corresponding to the electronic receipt, and further refers to the sales table to identify the product ID corresponding to the combination of the storage device ID and the user ID corresponding to the sender of the withdrawal notification. This commodity ID corresponds to the commodity purchased by the user 122 in the storage device 100a. If the product IDs of both parties are identical, the user 122 has taken out the purchased product, so the verification is successful. On the other hand, if the product IDs of both parties do not match, the user has taken out a product other than the purchased product, so the verification fails. When the verification fails, it is determined whether or not the notification transmission unit 466 is permitted to transmit a notification indicating rejection to the storage device 100a, and the process returns to S74.

另一方面,验证成功的情况下,商品列表管理部442在储存内商品列表中,将相当于从储存装置100a取出的商品的商品ID的记录删除(S76)。进而,交易管理部448在销售额表中,将与相当于用户购买的商品的商品ID对应的取出状况变更为已取出(S78)。然后,是否允许通知发送部466对储存装置100a发送表示允许的通知(S80)。On the other hand, when the verification is successful, the product list management unit 442 deletes the record corresponding to the product ID of the product taken out from the storage device 100a in the stored product list (S76). Furthermore, the transaction management unit 448 changes the withdrawal status corresponding to the item ID corresponding to the item purchased by the user in the sales table to already withdrawn (S78). Then, the permission notification sending unit 466 sends a notification indicating permission to the storage device 100a (S80).

储存装置100a的是否允许通知接收部274接收表示允许的通知时,票据列表管理部252将已使用的电子票据从票据列表中删除(S82)。When the permission notification receiving unit 274 of the storage device 100a receives the notification indicating permission, the ticket list management unit 252 deletes the used electronic ticket from the ticket list (S82).

交易管理部448也可以在确认销售额表中的已取出之后进行结算处理。The transaction management unit 448 may perform settlement processing after confirming that it has been withdrawn from the sales table.

[变形例1][Variation 1]

变形例1中,从用户终端300进行商品104的预约。即,用户122操作用户终端300并查看储存装置100中收容的商品104,在Web上预约中意的商品104。然后,之后前往储存装置100处,取出并购买已预约的商品104。将该交易方式称为“储存内商品的事前预约方式”。变形例1中的电子票据对预约了商品104的用户122发放。In Modification 1, the product 104 is reserved from the user terminal 300 . That is, the user 122 operates the user terminal 300 to view the commodity 104 stored in the storage device 100, and makes a reservation for the desired commodity 104 on the Web. Then, it goes to the storage device 100 and takes out and purchases the reserved commodity 104 . This transaction method is referred to as the "pre-reservation method for products in storage". The electronic receipt in Modification 1 is issued to the user 122 who has reserved the product 104 .

图22是表示储存内商品的预约购买方式的概要图。FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram showing a reserved purchase method of an item in stock.

与图7的情况同样地,店员120在午休前的11时30分将商品104收纳至储存装置100a。As in the case of FIG. 7 , the clerk 120 stores the commodity 104 in the storage device 100a at 11:30 before the lunch break.

之后,用户122在11时40分用用户终端300a浏览储存装置100a内的商品104,选择并预约中意的商品104。该时刻交易尚未成立。用户122预约商品104时,服务器400对用户终端300a发送电子票据。用户终端300存储接收的电子票据。After that, at 11:40, the user 122 browses the commodities 104 in the storage device 100a with the user terminal 300a, and selects and reserves a desired commodity 104. The transaction has not yet been established at this moment. When the user 122 reserves the commodity 104, the server 400 transmits an electronic receipt to the user terminal 300a. The user terminal 300 stores the received electronic ticket.

在午休的12时10分,用户122携带用户终端300a移动至储存装置100a的设置场所。用户122操作用户终端300a,使其显示电子票据的QR码,并对储存装置100a的票据读取器114出示该QR码时,门102的锁定被解除。用户122关闭储存装置100a的门102时,门102被锁定。在用户122取出了并未预约的商品104时发出警告,用户122重新取出商品104。用户122取出自己预约的商品104时,从票据列表中将电子票据删除。设该例中的电子票据仅限于1次有效。在该时刻交易成立,在服务器400中将销售额计入。At 12:10 during the lunch break, the user 122 carries the user terminal 300a and moves to the installation place of the storage device 100a. When the user 122 operates the user terminal 300a to display the QR code of the electronic receipt and presents the QR code to the receipt reader 114 of the storage device 100a, the lock of the door 102 is released. When the user 122 closes the door 102 of the storage device 100a, the door 102 is locked. When the user 122 takes out the commodity 104 that has not been reserved, a warning is issued, and the user 122 takes out the commodity 104 again. When the user 122 takes out the commodity 104 reserved by himself, the electronic ticket is deleted from the ticket list. It is assumed that the electronic bill in this example is valid only once. At this point in time, the transaction is established, and the server 400 includes the sales.

关于店员120将商品104收纳至储存装置100a时的序列,如图18所示。The sequence when the store clerk 120 stores the merchandise 104 in the storage device 100a is as shown in FIG. 18 .

变形例1的情况下,在储存内商品列表中,存储该储存装置100中收容的各商品的商品ID和预约状况。预约状况表示未预约或已预约中的任一者。对于已被预约的商品,不进行重复预约。In the case of Modification 1, the commodity ID and reservation status of each commodity stored in the storage device 100 are stored in the stored commodity list. The reservation status indicates either unreserved or reserved. Repeated reservations will not be made for products that have already been reserved.

变形例1的情况下,代替商品购买画面地使用商品预约画面。在商品预约画面中,代替购买按钮地显示预约按钮。在图20的S54中,操作接受部322接受预约按钮的触摸,识别相当于预约对象的商品104的商品ID。然后,请求发送部362对服务器400发送包括该商品ID和储存装置ID的预约请求。因为在预约之后收取商品104,所以预约请求也具有商品104的收取请求的含义。In the case of Modification 1, the product reservation screen is used instead of the product purchase screen. On the product reservation screen, a reservation button is displayed instead of the purchase button. In S54 of FIG. 20 , the operation accepting unit 322 accepts the touch of the reservation button, and recognizes the commodity ID of the commodity 104 corresponding to the reservation target. Then, the request transmitting unit 362 transmits a reservation request including the product ID and the storage device ID to the server 400 . Since the item 104 is collected after the reservation, the reservation request also has the meaning of a request for collection of the item 104 .

变形例1的情况下,在图20的S62中,代替购买的商品的销售额处理地,由服务器400的交易管理部448将新的预约信息追加至预约表。In the case of Modification 1, in S62 of FIG. 20 , the transaction management unit 448 of the server 400 adds new reservation information to the reservation table instead of the sales processing place of the purchased product.

变形例1的情况下,在销售额表之外也使用预约表。预约表是对购买预约进行管理用的表。预约表具有每个购买预约的记录。在记录中保存预约ID、商品ID、用户ID、销售价格、电子票据ID和储存装置ID等预约信息。预约ID对每个购买预约分配。商品ID识别预约的商品104。用户ID识别进行了预约的用户122。电子票据ID识别交接预约的商品用的电子票据。储存装置ID识别收容了预约的商品的储存装置100。In the case of Modification 1, the reservation table is used in addition to the sales table. The reservation table is a table for managing purchase reservations. The appointment table has a record for each purchase appointment. Reservation information such as reservation ID, product ID, user ID, sales price, electronic receipt ID, and storage device ID is stored in the record. A reservation ID is assigned to each purchase reservation. The commodity ID identifies the reserved commodity 104 . The user ID identifies the user 122 who made the reservation. The electronic receipt ID identifies the electronic receipt for the goods reserved for delivery. The storage device ID identifies the storage device 100 in which the reserved product is stored.

变形例1的情况下,在图21的S75中,服务器400的取出通知接收部476接收取出通知时,商品验证部449判断从储存装置100取出的商品104a是否正确(S75)。具体而言,商品验证部449参照商品主表,识别与商品条形码118对应的商品ID。该商品ID相当于从储存装置100取出的商品。接着,商品验证部449参照票据表,识别与电子票据对应的用户ID,进而参照预约表,识别与相当于取出通知的发送源的储存装置ID与用户ID的组对应的商品ID。该商品ID相当于用户122在储存装置100中预约的商品。如果双方的商品ID一致,则用户122取出了预约的商品,所以验证成功。另一方面,如果双方的商品ID不一致,则用户取出了预约的商品以外的商品,所以验证失败。验证失败的情况下,是否允许通知发送部466对储存装置100发送表示拒绝的通知,返回S74的处理。In the case of Modification 1, when the take-out notification receiving unit 476 of the server 400 receives the take-out notification in S75 of FIG. 21 , the commodity verification unit 449 determines whether the commodity 104a taken out from the storage device 100 is correct (S75). Specifically, the product verification unit 449 refers to the product master table, and identifies the product ID corresponding to the product barcode 118 . This commodity ID corresponds to the commodity taken out from the storage device 100 . Next, the commodity verification unit 449 refers to the receipt table to identify the user ID corresponding to the electronic receipt, and further refers to the reservation table to identify the commodity ID corresponding to the combination of the storage device ID and the user ID corresponding to the transmission source of the withdrawal notification. This product ID corresponds to the product reserved in the storage device 100 by the user 122 . If the product IDs of both parties match, the user 122 has taken out the reserved product, so the verification is successful. On the other hand, if the product IDs of both parties do not match, the user has taken out a product other than the reserved product, so the verification fails. If the verification fails, the notification transmission unit 466 is permitted to transmit a notification indicating rejection to the storage device 100, and the process returns to S74.

变形例1的情况下,在图21的S78之后,作为已购买的商品的销售额处理,服务器400的交易管理部448在销售额表中追加新的记录。变形例1的情况下,也可以不用销售额表管理取出状况。进而,交易管理部448将预约表中的预约信息删除。In the case of Modification 1, after S78 in FIG. 21 , the transaction management unit 448 of the server 400 adds a new record to the sales table as the sales processing of the purchased product. In the case of Modification 1, it is not necessary to manage the take-out status without the sales table. Furthermore, the transaction management unit 448 deletes the reservation information in the reservation table.

[变形例2][Variation 2]

在变形例2中,不是仅通过从用户终端300浏览商品104而进行购买或预约。即,用户122操作用户终端300确认储存装置100中是否存在中意的商品104。用户122想要购买位于储存装置100中的任一商品104的情况下,从用户终端300请求发放电子票据,取得打开储存装置100用的电子票据。变形例2的情况下,先到先得,实际从储存装置100中先取出的人购买。从而,也存在不能购买用用户终端300浏览的商品104的情况。将该交易方式称为“储存内商品的任意购买方式”。In Modification 2, the purchase or reservation is not performed only by browsing the commodity 104 from the user terminal 300 . That is, the user 122 operates the user terminal 300 to confirm whether the desired product 104 exists in the storage device 100 . When the user 122 wants to purchase any of the commodities 104 in the storage device 100 , the user 122 requests issuance of an electronic ticket from the user terminal 300 and acquires an electronic ticket for opening the storage device 100 . In the case of Modification 2, it is first come first served, and the person who actually takes it out from the storage device 100 first buys it. Therefore, there are cases where the commodity 104 browsed by the user terminal 300 cannot be purchased. This transaction method is referred to as an "arbitrary purchase method of goods in storage".

图23是表示储存内商品的任意购买方式的概要图。FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram showing an optional purchase method of the stored commodity.

与图7的情况同样地,店员120在午休前的11时30分将商品104收纳至储存装置100a。As in the case of FIG. 7 , the clerk 120 stores the commodity 104 in the storage device 100a at 11:30 before the lunch break.

之后,用户122在12时00分用用户终端300浏览且想要购买储存装置100a的商品104的情况下,请求发放电子票据。变形例2中的电子票据对事前浏览了储存装置100a内的商品104的用户122发放。服务器400被请求发放电子票据时,对用户终端300发送电子票据。用户终端300存储接收到的电子票据。After that, when the user 122 browses through the user terminal 300 at 12:00 and wants to purchase the commodity 104 of the storage device 100a, the user 122 requests the issuance of an electronic ticket. The electronic receipt in Modification 2 is issued to the user 122 who has browsed the merchandise 104 in the storage device 100a in advance. When the server 400 is requested to issue an electronic ticket, it transmits the electronic ticket to the user terminal 300 . The user terminal 300 stores the received electronic ticket.

在12时10分,用户122到达储存装置100a的设置场所时,操作用户终端300,使其显示电子票据的QR码,并对储存装置100a的票据读取器114出示该QR码。用户122打开解锁后的门102,自由地取出想要购买的商品104。储存装置100a中收容的商品104全部能够购买。用户122关闭储存装置100a的门102时,电子票据被从票据列表中删除。设该例中的电子票据仅限于1次有效。但是,也可以允许门102的2次以上开闭。在某一个门102被取出、门102关闭的时刻交易成立,在服务器400中将销售额计入。When the user 122 arrives at the installation place of the storage device 100a at 12:10, the user 122 operates the user terminal 300 to display the QR code of the electronic receipt, and presents the QR code to the receipt reader 114 of the storage device 100a. The user 122 opens the unlocked door 102 and freely takes out the item 104 that he wants to purchase. All the commodities 104 stored in the storage device 100a can be purchased. When the user 122 closes the door 102 of the storage device 100a, the electronic ticket is deleted from the ticket list. It is assumed that the electronic bill in this example is valid only once. However, the door 102 may be opened and closed twice or more. When a certain door 102 is taken out and the door 102 is closed, the transaction is established, and the server 400 includes the sales.

关于店员120将商品104收纳至储存装置100a时的序列,如图18所示。The sequence when the store clerk 120 stores the merchandise 104 in the storage device 100a is as shown in FIG. 18 .

变形例2的情况下,在储存内商品列表中,管理该储存装置100中收容的各商品的商品ID,但可以不管理购买状况和预约状况。In the case of Modification 2, the commodity ID of each commodity stored in the storage device 100 is managed in the stored commodity list, but the purchase status and reservation status may not be managed.

变形例2的情况下,代替商品购买画面地使用商品浏览画面。在商品浏览画面中,显示一个票据发放按钮。在图20的S54中,操作接受部322接受票据发放按钮的触摸时,请求发送部362对服务器400发送票据请求。用户122通过取得电子票据,而被允许使用该商品104收纳在的储存装置100。In the case of Modification 2, the product browsing screen is used instead of the product purchasing screen. On the product browsing screen, a ticket issuing button is displayed. In S54 of FIG. 20 , when the operation accepting unit 322 accepts the touch of the ticket issuing button, the request transmitting unit 362 transmits a ticket request to the server 400 . The user 122 is allowed to use the storage device 100 in which the commodity 104 is stored by acquiring the electronic ticket.

变形例2的情况下,不进行图20的S62所示的商品的销售额处理。另外,也不进行S64所示的储存内商品列表中的购买状况的更新。In the case of Modification 2, the sales processing of the product shown in S62 of FIG. 20 is not performed. In addition, the update of the purchase status in the in-store commodity list shown in S64 is also not performed.

变形例2的情况下,在图21的S75中,商品验证部449在任何情况下都判断为从储存装置100中取出的商品104是正确的,验证成功。In the case of Modification 2, in S75 of FIG. 21 , the commodity verification unit 449 determines that the commodity 104 taken out from the storage device 100 is correct in any case, and the verification is successful.

变形例2的情况下,在图21的S78之后,作为已购买的商品的销售额处理,服务器400的交易管理部448在销售额表中追加新的记录。变形例2的情况下,可以不用销售额表管理取出状况。In the case of Modification 2, after S78 in FIG. 21 , the transaction management unit 448 of the server 400 adds a new record to the sales table as the sales processing of the purchased product. In the case of Modification 2, it is not necessary to manage the withdrawal status without the sales table.

[变形例3][Variation 3]

变形例3中,作为储存内商品的任意购买方式的变形,像会员认证码这样反复使用同一电子票据。即,省去了票据的发放。用户122可以不浏览储存装置100的商品104,而是直接从储存装置100中取出商品104。In Modification 3, as a modification of the optional purchase method of the stored goods, the same electronic receipt is repeatedly used like a member authentication code. That is, the issuance of the ticket is omitted. The user 122 may not browse the commodities 104 in the storage device 100 , but directly retrieve the commodities 104 from the storage device 100 .

变形例3的情况下,服务器400将该用户122的电子票据发送至登记的工作地点附近的储存装置100。储存装置100在票据列表中永久保存发送来的电子票据,不进行图21的S82所示的电子票据的删除。In the case of Modification 3, the server 400 transmits the electronic receipt of the user 122 to the storage device 100 near the registered work place. The storage device 100 permanently stores the sent electronic receipt in the receipt list, and does not delete the electronic receipt shown in S82 of FIG. 21 .

另外,也可以代替电子票据地,使用在卡或纸上印刷的QR码作为票据。In addition, instead of an electronic receipt, a QR code printed on a card or paper may be used as a receipt.

[变形例4][Variation 4]

上述例子中,示出了购买储存装置100中收容的商品104的例子。即,不能购买不存在于储存装置100中的商品104。与此相对,变形例4中,从店铺配送商品104。具体而言,用户122从作为店铺的库存能够购买的商品104中选择要求的商品104,并要求配送至规定的储存装置100。像这样,将事前购买店铺库存的商品104、要求之后配送至储存装置100的交易方式称为“店铺库存商品的事前购买方式”。In the above-mentioned example, the example in which the commodity 104 accommodated in the storage apparatus 100 is purchased was shown. That is, the commodity 104 that does not exist in the storage device 100 cannot be purchased. On the other hand, in Modification 4, the product 104 is delivered from the store. Specifically, the user 122 selects the desired product 104 from among the products 104 that can be purchased as the store's inventory, and requests delivery to the predetermined storage device 100 . In this way, the transaction method in which the commodity 104 stocked in the store is purchased in advance, and then delivered to the storage device 100 upon request is referred to as the "pre-purchase method of the commodity in stock in the store".

在如上所述在午餐时购买盒饭的情况下也能够应用变形例4,此处,说明要求将商品104配送至住宅附近的储存装置100的例子。Modification 4 can also be applied to a case where a lunch box is purchased at lunch as described above. Here, an example in which delivery of the commodity 104 to the storage device 100 near the house is requested will be described.

图24是储存装置100的配置图。FIG. 24 is a configuration diagram of the storage device 100 .

用户122的住宅位于远离办公楼A的住宅楼P的5层。如图所示,在住宅楼P的1层至5层设置了储存装置100p~t。The residence of user 122 is located on the 5th floor of residential building P, which is far from office building A. As shown in the figure, storage devices 100p to t are installed on the first to fifth floors of the residential building P.

住宅楼P的相邻处存在店铺,该店铺销售盒饭、三明治、沙拉等袋装配菜和饮料等。储存装置100p~t由该店铺管理。即,储存装置100p~t中收容的商品104由该店铺提供。There is a store adjacent to the residential building P, and the store sells packaged vegetables such as lunch boxes, sandwiches, and salads, and beverages. The storage devices 100p to t are managed by the store. That is, the commodities 104 stored in the storage devices 100p to t are provided by the store.

店铺以住宅楼P的住户为对象,随时销售盒饭、三明治、沙拉等袋装配菜和饮料。用户122操作用户终端300查看店铺内的商品104,在Web上订购中意的商品104。店铺的店员120将用户122订购的商品104配送至该用户122使用的储存装置100。住户即使不前往店铺也能够购买商品104,所以是方便的。除店铺内的销售点之外,也在储存装置100p~t中销售商品104,所以预想店铺的销售额会提高。另外,也能够期待避免商品104未售出。The store targets the residents of the residential building P, and sells packaged vegetables and beverages such as lunch boxes, sandwiches, and salads at any time. The user 122 operates the user terminal 300 to view the products 104 in the store, and orders the desired product 104 on the Web. The store clerk 120 delivers the product 104 ordered by the user 122 to the storage device 100 used by the user 122 . The resident can purchase the commodity 104 without going to the store, which is convenient. In addition to the point of sale in the store, the product 104 is also sold in the storage devices 100p to t, so it is expected that the sales of the store will increase. In addition, it can also be expected to avoid unsold items 104 .

店铺在储存装置100p~t之外也对邻近的多个储存装置100进行管理,店员周期性地一并进行对这些储存装置100的配送。例如,如17时00分、17时30分、18时00分、18时30分这样每隔30分钟前去配送。从接受订单直到前去配送的期间内,如果已订购的商品104售罄则会产生不便,所以店员进行商品104的保留。In addition to the storage devices 100p to t, the store also manages a plurality of adjacent storage devices 100, and the store clerk periodically performs delivery to these storage devices 100 together. For example, delivery is made every 30 minutes such as 17:00, 17:30, 18:00, and 18:30. Since it is inconvenient if the ordered product 104 is sold out during the period from the time the order is received to the delivery, the store clerk keeps the product 104 .

图25是表示店铺库存商品的事前购买方式的概要图。FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram showing a method of pre-purchasing items in store in a store.

该例中,用户122在下班前的17时40分用用户终端300a浏览对住宅附近的储存装置100p进行管理的店铺内的商品104,选择并购买中意的商品104。在该时刻交易成立,在服务器400中将销售额计入。用户122购买商品104时,服务器400对用户终端300a发送电子票据。用户终端300a存储接收的电子票据。但是,在该阶段,商品104仍位于店铺中。In this example, the user 122 browses the products 104 in the store that manages the storage device 100p near the house with the user terminal 300a at 17:40 before leaving work, and selects and purchases the desired product 104 . At this point in time, the transaction is established, and the server 400 includes the sales. When the user 122 purchases the commodity 104, the server 400 transmits an electronic receipt to the user terminal 300a. The user terminal 300a stores the received electronic ticket. However, at this stage, the item 104 is still in the store.

购买的商品104的信息被传达至店铺,店员在17时45分进行该商品104的保留。The information of the purchased product 104 is communicated to the store, and the store clerk holds the product 104 at 17:45.

到达配送时刻的18时00分时,店员前去进行保留的商品104的配送。在18时05分,店员到达住宅楼P的5层,将商品104收纳至储存装置100p。When the delivery time arrives at 18:00, the store clerk goes to deliver the reserved product 104 . At 18:05, the clerk arrives at the 5th floor of the residential building P, and stores the commodity 104 in the storage device 100p.

在18时20分返回住宅楼P的用户122操作用户终端300,使其显示电子票据的QR码,并对储存装置100p的票据读取器114出示该QR码。然后,打开解锁后的门102,取出自己购买的商品104。该例中的电子票据仅限于1次有效,所以在取出购买的商品104的时刻从票据列表中被删除。但是,使用能够任意次反复使用的类型的电子票据的情况下,也可以不从票据列表中删除电子票据。同样地,使用在卡或纸上印刷的QR码作为能够反复使用的票据的情况下,也可以不删除票据的数据。The user 122 who returned to the residential building P at 18:20 operates the user terminal 300 to display the QR code of the electronic receipt, and presents the QR code to the receipt reader 114 of the storage device 100p. Then, the unlocked door 102 is opened, and the commodity 104 purchased by the user is taken out. The electronic receipt in this example is valid only once, so it is deleted from the receipt list when the purchased commodity 104 is taken out. However, when an electronic ticket of a type that can be repeatedly used any number of times is used, the electronic ticket need not be deleted from the ticket list. Similarly, when a QR code printed on a card or paper is used as a reusable receipt, the data of the receipt need not be deleted.

另外,店铺终端700对作为店铺的库存的商品104用列表随时进行管理。将该列表称为店铺库存列表。另外,服务器400与店铺终端700进行数据同步,保持相同的店铺库存列表。服务器400具有与店铺ID关联地存储店铺库存列表的店铺库存列表存储部(未图示)。In addition, the store terminal 700 manages the list of the commodities 104 that are the store's stock at any time. This list is called a store inventory list. In addition, the server 400 and the store terminal 700 perform data synchronization, and maintain the same store inventory list. The server 400 has a store inventory list storage unit (not shown) that stores a store inventory list in association with a store ID.

有库存而能够销售的商品104在服务器400的站点上被公开。由此,用户终端300能够访问服务器400的站点,实时地浏览能够对储存装置100p配送的商品104。以下,说明该方式下的处理。The commodity 104 available for sale in stock is disclosed on the site of the server 400 . As a result, the user terminal 300 can access the site of the server 400 and browse the commodities 104 that can be delivered to the storage device 100p in real time. Hereinafter, processing in this mode will be described.

图26是店铺终端700的功能框图。FIG. 26 is a functional block diagram of the shop terminal 700 .

店铺终端700包括用户界面处理部710、数据处理部740、通信部750和数据保存部780。用户界面处理部710经由触摸面板等接受来自店铺管理者的操作,并且负责图像显示和声音输出等用户界面处理。通信部750负责经由网络的通信处理。数据保存部780保存各种数据。数据处理部740基于由通信部750取得的数据和在数据保存部780中保存的数据执行各种处理。数据处理部740也发挥用户界面处理部710、通信部750和数据保存部780的接口的功能。The store terminal 700 includes a user interface processing unit 710 , a data processing unit 740 , a communication unit 750 , and a data storage unit 780 . The user interface processing unit 710 accepts operations from the store manager via a touch panel or the like, and is responsible for user interface processing such as image display and sound output. The communication unit 750 is in charge of communication processing via the network. The data storage unit 780 stores various data. The data processing unit 740 executes various processes based on the data acquired by the communication unit 750 and the data stored in the data storage unit 780 . The data processing unit 740 also functions as an interface of the user interface processing unit 710 , the communication unit 750 , and the data storage unit 780 .

用户界面处理部710包括接受由店铺管理者进行的操作输入的输入部720和对店铺管理者进行信息提示的输出部730。The user interface processing unit 710 includes an input unit 720 that accepts an operation input by a store manager, and an output unit 730 that presents information to the store manager.

数据处理部740包括保留列表管理部742、交易管理部744、商品验证部746和结算部748。保留列表管理部742对保留列表进行管理。交易管理部744对商品104的销售额和预约等交易进行管理。商品验证部746对取出的商品进行验证。结算部748进行结算处理。其中,交易管理部744、商品验证部746和结算部748在后述的变形例9中使用。The data processing part 740 includes a reservation list management part 742 , a transaction management part 744 , a commodity verification part 746 , and a settlement part 748 . The reserved list management unit 742 manages the reserved list. The transaction management unit 744 manages transactions such as sales and reservations of the products 104 . The commodity verification unit 746 verifies the extracted commodity. The settlement unit 748 performs settlement processing. Of these, the transaction management unit 744, the commodity verification unit 746, and the settlement unit 748 are used in Modification 9 to be described later.

通信部750包括发送数据的发送部760和接收数据的接收部770。The communication unit 750 includes a transmission unit 760 that transmits data and a reception unit 770 that receives data.

发送部760包括保留列表发送部762和是否允许通知发送部764。保留列表发送部762发送保留列表。是否允许通知发送部764发送是否允许通知。其中,是否允许通知发送部764在后述的变形例8中使用。The transmission unit 760 includes a reservation list transmission unit 762 and a permission notification transmission unit 764 . The reservation list transmission unit 762 transmits the reservation list. The permission notification sending unit 764 transmits the permission notification. However, the permission notification transmission unit 764 is used in Modification 8 to be described later.

接收部770包括保留指示接收部772、预约通知接收部774和取出通知接收部776。保留指示接收部772接收保留指示。预约通知接收部774接收预约通知。取出通知接收部776接收取出通知。其中,预约通知接收部774和取出通知接收部776在后述的变形例8中使用。The reception unit 770 includes a reservation instruction reception unit 772 , a reservation notification reception unit 774 , and a withdrawal notification reception unit 776 . The reservation instruction receiving unit 772 receives the reservation instruction. The reservation notification receiving unit 774 receives the reservation notification. The withdrawal notification receiving unit 776 receives the withdrawal notification. Among them, the reservation notification receiving unit 774 and the withdrawal notification receiving unit 776 are used in Modification 8 to be described later.

数据保存部780包括保留列表存储部782、预约表存储部784和销售额表存储部786。保留列表存储部782存储保留列表。保留列表具有作为保留对象的每个商品104的记录。在记录中保存商品ID和储存装置ID。商品ID识别配送的商品。储存装置ID识别作为配送目标的储存装置。The data storage unit 780 includes a reservation list storage unit 782 , a reservation table storage unit 784 , and a sales table storage unit 786 . The hold list storage unit 782 stores a hold list. The hold list has a record of each item 104 that is the subject of hold. The commodity ID and storage device ID are stored in the record. The item ID identifies the item being shipped. The storage device ID identifies the storage device targeted for delivery.

预约表存储部784存储预约表。销售额表存储部786存储销售额表。其中,预约表存储部784和销售额表存储部786在后述的变形例8中使用。The reservation table storage unit 784 stores a reservation table. The sales table storage unit 786 stores a sales table. Of these, the reservation table storage unit 784 and the sales table storage unit 786 are used in Modification 8 to be described later.

图27是用户122从用户终端300a访问服务器400的站点并购买位于店铺中的商品104时的序列图。27 is a sequence diagram when the user 122 accesses the site of the server 400 from the user terminal 300a and purchases the commodity 104 located in the store.

该例中,自动地选择了用户122预先登记的住宅附近的储存装置100p。In this example, the storage device 100p in the vicinity of the house registered in advance by the user 122 is automatically selected.

服务器400的画面数据生成部444从储存表中读取与储存装置100p对应的管理店铺ID,基于用管理店铺ID识别的店铺库存列表生成商品购买画面(S90)。然后,画面数据发送部462对用户终端300a发送生成的商品购买画面的数据(S92)。The screen data generation unit 444 of the server 400 reads the management store ID corresponding to the storage device 100p from the storage table, and generates a product purchase screen based on the store inventory list identified by the management store ID (S90). Then, the screen data transmitting unit 462 transmits the data of the generated product purchase screen to the user terminal 300a (S92).

用户终端300a的图像输出部334显示商品购买画面。用户122在商品购买画面中选择商品104并触摸购买按钮时,操作接受部322识别相当于购买对象的商品104的商品ID(S94)。请求发送部362对服务器400发送包括该商品ID的购买请求。The image output unit 334 of the user terminal 300a displays a product purchase screen. When the user 122 selects the product 104 on the product purchase screen and touches the purchase button, the operation accepting unit 322 recognizes the product ID of the product 104 corresponding to the purchase target (S94). The request sending unit 362 sends a purchase request including the product ID to the server 400 .

服务器400的请求接收部474接收购买请求时,作为已购买的商品的销售额处理,服务器400的交易管理部448在销售额表中追加新的记录(S96)。然后,保留指示发送部468对店铺终端700发送购买的商品的保留指示(S98)。保留指示中包括识别配送的商品的商品ID和识别作为配送目标的储存装置100p(住宅附近的储存装置)的储存装置ID。When the request receiving unit 474 of the server 400 receives the purchase request, the transaction management unit 448 of the server 400 adds a new record to the sales table as the sales amount of the purchased product (S96). Then, the reservation instruction transmission unit 468 transmits a reservation instruction of the purchased product to the store terminal 700 (S98). The reservation instruction includes a commodity ID that identifies the commodity to be delivered and a storage device ID that identifies the storage device 100p (a storage device near the house) that is a delivery destination.

店铺终端700的保留指示接收部772接收保留指示时,在保留列表中登记商品ID和储存装置ID(S100)。When the reservation instruction receiving unit 772 of the store terminal 700 receives the reservation instruction, the product ID and the storage device ID are registered in the reservation list (S100).

票据生成部446生成购买了商品104的用户122用的电子票据(S102)。然后,画面数据发送部462对储存装置100p和用户终端300a发送电子票据(S104)。The receipt generation unit 446 generates an electronic receipt for the user 122 who purchased the commodity 104 (S102). Then, the screen data transmission unit 462 transmits the electronic receipt to the storage device 100p and the user terminal 300a (S104).

储存装置100p的票据接收部272接收电子票据时,票据列表管理部252将接收到的电子票据追加至票据列表。另外,用户终端300的票据接收部374接收电子票据时,在票据存储部382中存储电子票据。When the receipt receiving unit 272 of the storage device 100p receives the electronic receipt, the receipt list management unit 252 adds the received electronic receipt to the receipt list. In addition, when the receipt receiving unit 374 of the user terminal 300 receives the electronic receipt, the electronic receipt is stored in the receipt storage unit 382 .

店铺终端700的接收部770接收保留列表的请求时,保留列表发送部762对店员终端600发送保留列表。此时,保留列表发送部762将保留列表中包括的商品ID变换为商品名,并将储存装置ID变换为储存装置名。另外,店铺终端700具有与服务器400同样的储存表存储部和商品主表存储部。When the reception unit 770 of the store terminal 700 receives the request for the reservation list, the reservation list transmission unit 762 transmits the reservation list to the clerk terminal 600 . At this time, the reserved list transmission unit 762 converts the commodity IDs included in the reserved list into commodity names, and converts the storage device IDs into storage device names. In addition, the store terminal 700 has a storage table storage unit and a product master table storage unit similar to those of the server 400 .

店员终端600的保留列表接收部672接收保留列表时,保留列表存储部684存储保留列表,保留列表输出部634显示保留列表。也可以通过店员的操作,由店员终端600的保留列表请求部662请求保留列表。When the reservation list receiving unit 672 of the clerk terminal 600 receives the reservation list, the reservation list storage unit 684 stores the reservation list, and the reservation list output unit 634 displays the reservation list. The reservation list may be requested by the reservation list request unit 662 of the clerk terminal 600 through the operation of the clerk.

关于店员120将商品104收纳至储存装置100p时的序列,与图18是同样的。The sequence when the store clerk 120 stores the merchandise 104 in the storage device 100p is the same as that in FIG. 18 .

用户122从储存装置100p中取出购买的商品104时的序列,与图21的情况是同样的。The sequence when the user 122 retrieves the purchased product 104 from the storage device 100p is the same as that in the case of FIG. 21 .

[变形例5][Variation 5]

在Web上也可以不是购买而是预约变形例4中要求配送的商品104。将该交易方式称为“店铺库存商品的预约购买方式”。The commodity 104 requested to be delivered in Modification 4 may be reserved on the Web instead of purchasing. This transaction method is referred to as a "reservation purchase method for items in stock at a store".

图28是表示店铺库存商品的预约购买方式的概要图。FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram showing a reservation purchase method for items in stock in a store.

用户122在17时40分对商品104进行预约。在该时刻,不将销售额计入。17时45分和18时05分的店员120的作业与图25的情况是同样的。在用户122在18时20分取出商品104时将销售额计入。The user 122 makes a reservation for the item 104 at 17:40. At this moment, sales are not counted. The work of the clerk 120 at 17:45 and 18:05 is the same as in the case of FIG. 25 . Sales are credited when user 122 withdraws item 104 at 18:20.

变形例5中,代替变形例4的商品购买画面地使用商品预约画面。关于预约的商品104,与变形例4的购买的商品同样地保留、配送。In Modification 5, a product reservation screen is used instead of the product purchase screen in Modification 4. The reserved product 104 is held and delivered in the same manner as the purchased product in Modification 4.

关于储存内商品列表、预约表和销售额表的处理,与储存内商品的预约购买方式的情况是同样的。The processing of the in-stock product list, the reservation table, and the sales table is the same as the case of the reserved purchase method of in-stock goods.

[变形例6][Variation 6]

上述例子都设想为在店铺外设置储存装置100,但也可以在店铺内设置储存装置100e。该例中,对收银台设置场所(以下简称为“收银台”)处的热点心的销售进行辅助。热点心指的是炸薯条、可乐饼和炸鸡这样在热的状态下食用的小吃和配菜。In the above-mentioned examples, it is assumed that the storage device 100 is installed outside the store, but the storage device 100e may be installed in the store. In this example, the sales of hot spots at the cash register installation place (hereinafter simply referred to as "the cash register") are assisted. Hot desserts are snacks and side dishes like french fries, croquettes, and fried chicken that are eaten hot.

负责收银的店员120从箱中取出热点心并装袋、交给用户122的作业是麻烦的,并且顾客排队的情况下存在顾虑后方的顾客而难以购买热点心的问题。变形例6中,由用户122进行热点心的取出,减少收银员的作业。如果收银台附近的交易加快,则容易顾虑的顾客也可以容易地购买热点心。The clerk 120 in charge of the cash register takes out the hot dessert from the box, packs the bag, and hands it to the user 122, which is troublesome, and when a customer is in a queue, there is a problem that it is difficult to purchase the hot dessert because of the customer behind. In Modification 6, the user 122 performs the takeout of the hotspot, thereby reducing the work of the cashier. If the transaction near the cashier is accelerated, the sceptical customer can also easily purchase the hot snack.

在储存装置100e中收容热点心作为商品。将热点心预先装入袋或容器中,识别袋或容器上附加的商品条形码而检测商品。或者,也可以按热点心的每个种类设定设置范围,检测该范围中的商品的个数,识别取出的商品的种类和数量。The hot cake is stored as a commodity in the storage device 100e. The hot-spots are pre-packed into bags or containers, and the products are detected by identifying the barcodes attached to the bags or containers. Alternatively, the setting range may be set for each type of hot spot, the number of commodities in the range may be detected, and the type and quantity of the commodities to be taken out may be identified.

变形例6中不使用用户终端300。用收银台800发放印刷了QR码的纸质票据,由该纸质票据允许使用储存装置100e。将该交易方式称为“使用纸质票据的事先结算方式”。In Modification 6, the user terminal 300 is not used. A paper receipt printed with a QR code is issued by the cash register 800, and the use of the storage device 100e is permitted by the paper receipt. This transaction method is called "pre-settlement method using paper receipts".

图29是表示使用纸质票据的事先结算方式的概要图。FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram showing a pre-settlement method using paper receipts.

在15时00分,用户122对负责收银的店员120告知想要购买的热点心的种类和数量,并支付费用。此时,从收银台800输出纸质票据。在纸质票据上印刷了唯一的QR码。纸质票据被交给用户122。At 15:00, the user 122 informs the store clerk 120 in charge of the cashier the type and quantity of the hot-snack that he wants to buy, and pays the fee. At this time, the paper receipt is output from the cash register 800 . A unique QR code is printed on the paper ticket. The paper ticket is handed to the user 122 .

在15时02分,用户122使储存装置100e的票据读取器114读取纸质票据,取出已购买的热点心。此时,在取出的热点心与已购买的热点心不一致的情况下,发出警告。由此,防止取错商品104。At 15:02, the user 122 makes the ticket reader 114 of the storage device 100e read the paper ticket, and takes out the purchased hotspot. At this time, if the taken out hotspot does not match the purchased hotspot, a warning is issued. Thereby, the wrong product 104 is prevented from being picked up.

图30是收银台800的功能框图。FIG. 30 is a functional block diagram of the cash register 800 .

收银台800包括用户界面处理部810、数据处理部840、通信部850和数据保存部880。用户界面处理部810经由触摸面板等接受来自收银员的操作,并且负责图像显示和声音输出等用户界面处理。通信部850负责经由网络的通信处理。数据保存部880保存各种数据。数据处理部840基于由通信部850取得的数据和数据保存部880中保存的数据执行各种处理。数据处理部840也发挥用户界面处理部810、通信部850和数据保存部880的接口的功能。The cash register 800 includes a user interface processing unit 810 , a data processing unit 840 , a communication unit 850 , and a data storage unit 880 . The user interface processing unit 810 accepts operations from a cashier via a touch panel or the like, and is responsible for user interface processing such as image display and sound output. The communication unit 850 is in charge of communication processing via the network. The data storage unit 880 stores various data. The data processing unit 840 executes various processes based on the data acquired by the communication unit 850 and the data stored in the data storage unit 880 . The data processing unit 840 also functions as an interface of the user interface processing unit 810 , the communication unit 850 , and the data storage unit 880 .

用户界面处理部810包括接受由负责收银的店员120进行的操作输入的输入部820和对负责收银的店员120进行信息提示的输出部830。The user interface processing unit 810 includes an input unit 820 that accepts an operation input by the cashier 120 and an output unit 830 that presents information to the cashier 120 .

输入部820包括商品输入部822和票据读取部824。商品输入部822输入购买的商品(热点心)的种类和数量。票据读取部824读取纸质票据和电子票据。其中,票据读取部824在后述的变形例7中使用。输出部830包括输出纸质票据的票据输出部832。The input unit 820 includes a commodity input unit 822 and a receipt reading unit 824 . The commodity input unit 822 inputs the type and quantity of the commodity (hot spot) to be purchased. The receipt reading unit 824 reads paper receipts and electronic receipts. However, the receipt reading unit 824 is used in Modification 7 to be described later. The output unit 830 includes a receipt output unit 832 that outputs paper receipts.

数据处理部840包括结算部842、票据生成部844、票据管理部846和商品验证部848。结算部842进行结算处理。结算处理可以是现有的现金结算或电子结算。票据生成部844生成纸质票据的数据。票据管理部846对票据表进行管理。商品验证部848对购买的商品进行验证。The data processing unit 840 includes a settlement unit 842 , a receipt generation unit 844 , a receipt management unit 846 , and a commodity verification unit 848 . The settlement unit 842 performs settlement processing. The settlement process can be an existing cash settlement or electronic settlement. The receipt generation unit 844 generates paper receipt data. The receipt management unit 846 manages the receipt table. The commodity verification unit 848 verifies the purchased commodity.

通信部850包括发送数据的发送部860和接收数据的接收部870。发送部860包括票据发送部862和是否允许通知发送部864。票据发送部862发送电子票据。是否允许通知发送部864发送是否允许通知。接收部870包括接收取出通知的取出通知接收部872。The communication unit 850 includes a transmission unit 860 that transmits data and a reception unit 870 that receives data. The sending unit 860 includes a receipt sending unit 862 and a permission notification sending unit 864 . The receipt sending unit 862 sends electronic receipts. The permission notification sending unit 864 transmits the permission notification. The receiving unit 870 includes a take-out notification receiving unit 872 that receives a take-out notice.

数据保存部880包括存储票据表的票据表存储部882。变形例6中的票据表具有服务器400发放的每个纸质票据的记录。在记录中与纸质票据的数据关联地保存购买的商品的种类和数量。The data storage unit 880 includes a receipt table storage unit 882 that stores a receipt table. The ticket table in Modification 6 has a record of each paper ticket issued by the server 400 . The type and quantity of purchased goods are stored in the record in association with the data of the paper ticket.

图31是关于收银台处的交易的序列图。FIG. 31 is a sequence diagram regarding a transaction at the cash register.

收银台800的商品输入部822输入购买的商品(热点心)的种类和数量(S110)。结算部842进行与以往同样的结算处理(S112)。The product input unit 822 of the cash register 800 inputs the type and quantity of the purchased product (hot spot) ( S110 ). The settlement unit 842 performs the same settlement process as in the past ( S112 ).

票据生成部844决定纸质票据的数据(S114)。被变换为QR码的数据是唯一的即可,所以可以是单纯的序列号。票据管理部846将纸质票据的数据与购买的商品的种类和数量关联地登记在票据表中(S116)。票据发送部862对储存装置100e发送纸质票据的数据(S118)。然后,票据输出部832打印并输出纸质票据(S120)。纸质票据由负责收银的店员120交给用户。The receipt generation unit 844 determines the data of the paper receipt (S114). The data converted into the QR code only needs to be unique, so it may be a simple serial number. The receipt management unit 846 registers the data of the paper receipt in the receipt table in association with the type and quantity of the purchased commodity (S116). The receipt sending unit 862 sends the data of the paper receipt to the storage device 100e (S118). Then, the receipt output section 832 prints and outputs a paper receipt (S120). The paper receipt is handed over to the user by the store clerk 120 in charge of the cash register.

储存装置100e的票据接收部272接收纸质票据的数据时,票据列表管理部252将纸质票据的数据登记在票据列表中(S122)。When the receipt receiving unit 272 of the storage device 100e receives the data of the paper receipt, the receipt list management unit 252 registers the data of the paper receipt in the receipt list (S122).

图32是关于商品104的取出的序列图。FIG. 32 is a sequence diagram for taking out the commodity 104 .

票据读取部222读取纸质票据时(S130),票据认证部242进行纸质票据的认证(S132)。所读取的纸质票据的数据与票据列表中存储的纸质票据的数据不一致的情况下,认证失败,不解除锁定。另一方面,与票据列表中存储的纸质票据的数据一致的情况下,认证成功,解除锁定。When the receipt reading unit 222 reads the paper receipt ( S130 ), the receipt authentication unit 242 authenticates the paper receipt ( S132 ). If the data of the read paper receipt does not match the data of the paper receipt stored in the receipt list, the authentication fails and the lock is not released. On the other hand, if it matches the data of the paper ticket stored in the ticket list, the authentication succeeds and the lock is released.

用户取出商品104(热点心)而关闭门102时,取出通知发送部264对服务器400发送取出通知(S134)。取出通知中包括取出的商品104的种类和数量、以及使用的纸质票据的数据。When the user takes out the product 104 (hot spot) and closes the door 102, the take-out notification transmitter 264 transmits a take-out notification to the server 400 (S134). The take-out notification includes the type and quantity of the commodity 104 taken out, and the data of the paper ticket used.

收银台800的取出通知接收部872接收取出通知时,商品验证部848进行购买的商品的验证(S136)。具体而言,商品验证部848从票据表中读取与取出通知中包括的纸质票据的数据对应的购买的商品的种类和数量。然后,在取出的商品104的种类和数量与购买的商品的种类和数量一致的情况下,验证成功。验证成功时,是否允许通知发送部864对储存装置100e发送表示允许的通知(S138)。When the withdrawal notification receiving unit 872 of the cash register 800 receives the withdrawal notification, the commodity verification unit 848 performs verification of the purchased commodity (S136). Specifically, the commodity verification unit 848 reads, from the receipt table, the type and quantity of the purchased commodity corresponding to the data of the paper receipt included in the takeout notification. Then, when the type and quantity of the extracted commodity 104 match the type and quantity of the purchased commodity, the verification is successful. When the verification is successful, the permission notification sending unit 864 transmits a notification indicating permission to the storage device 100e (S138).

储存装置100e的是否允许通知接收部274接收表示允许的通知时,票据列表管理部252将使用的纸质票据的数据从票据列表中删除(S140)。When the permission notification receiving unit 274 of the storage device 100e receives the notification indicating permission, the ticket list management unit 252 deletes the data of the used paper ticket from the ticket list (S140).

在取出的商品104的种类和数量与购买的商品的种类和数量不一致,收银台800的商品验证部848判断为验证失败的情况下,是否允许通知发送部864对储存装置100e发送表示拒绝的通知。然后,储存装置100e的警告输出部232输出警告。When the type and quantity of the withdrawn commodity 104 do not match the type and quantity of the purchased commodity, and the commodity verification unit 848 of the cash register 800 determines that the verification fails, the notification transmission unit 864 is permitted to transmit a notification indicating rejection to the storage device 100e. . Then, the warning output unit 232 of the storage device 100e outputs a warning.

[变形例7][Variation 7]

变形例6中,在取出商品104(热点心)之前完成结算,但也可以在取出商品104之后进行结算。将该交易方式称为“使用纸质票据的事后结算方式”。In Modification 6, the settlement is completed before the product 104 (hot spot) is taken out, but the settlement may be performed after the product 104 is taken out. This transaction method is called "post settlement method using paper bills".

图33是表示使用纸质票据的事后结算方式的概要图。FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram showing a post-settlement method using paper receipts.

在15时00分,用户122对负责收银的店员120要求购买热点心。此时,也可以不告知热点心的种类和数量。即,用户122可以自由地选择想要购买的热点心。此时,从收银台800输出纸质票据。在纸质票据上印刷了唯一的QR码。纸质票据被交给用户122。At 15:00, the user 122 requests the clerk 120 in charge of the cashier to purchase a hotspot. In this case, the type and number of hot spots may not be notified. That is, the user 122 can freely select the hotspot that he wants to purchase. At this time, the paper receipt is output from the cash register 800 . A unique QR code is printed on the paper ticket. The paper ticket is handed to the user 122 .

在15时02分,用户122使储存装置100e的票据读取器114读取纸质票据,取出想要购买的热点心。用户122关闭门102时,从储存装置100e对收银台800告知取出的热点心的种类和数量。At 15:02, the user 122 makes the ticket reader 114 of the storage device 100e read the paper ticket, and takes out the hotspot he wants to buy. When the user 122 closes the door 102, the cash register 800 is notified from the storage device 100e of the type and number of the hot snacks taken out.

在15时04分,完成热点心的取出的用户122对负责收银的店员120返还纸质票据。然后,与取出的热点心的种类和数量相应地进行结算。At 15:04, the user 122 who has finished taking out the hotspot returns the paper receipt to the clerk 120 in charge of the cash register. Then, the settlement is performed according to the type and quantity of the hot-spots taken out.

变形例7的情况下,票据表也具有服务器400发放的每个纸质票据的记录。但是,在记录中与纸质票据的数据关联地保存购买的商品的种类和数量、以及结算状况。结算状况表示未结算和已结算中的任一者。In the case of Modification 7, the receipt table also has a record for each paper receipt issued by the server 400 . However, in the record, the type and quantity of the purchased commodity and the settlement status are stored in association with the data of the paper receipt. The settlement status indicates either unsettled or settled.

图34是关于纸质票据的发放的序列图。FIG. 34 is a sequence diagram regarding the issuance of paper tickets.

票据生成部844与变形例6同样地决定纸质票据的数据(S150)。票据管理部846将纸质票据的数据登记在票据表中(S152)。在该阶段,热点心的种类和数量是未定的。票据发送部862对储存装置100e发送纸质票据的数据(S154)。然后,票据输出部832打印并输出纸质票据(S156)。纸质票据由负责收银的店员120交给用户。The receipt generation unit 844 determines the data of the paper receipt in the same manner as in Modification 6 ( S150 ). The receipt management unit 846 registers the data of the paper receipt in the receipt table (S152). At this stage, the type and number of hot spots are undetermined. The receipt sending unit 862 sends the data of the paper receipt to the storage device 100e (S154). Then, the receipt output section 832 prints and outputs a paper receipt (S156). The paper receipt is handed over to the user by the store clerk 120 in charge of the cash register.

储存装置100e的票据接收部272接收纸质票据的数据时,票据列表管理部252将纸质票据的数据登记在票据列表中(S158)。When the receipt receiving unit 272 of the storage device 100e receives the data of the paper receipt, the receipt list management unit 252 registers the data of the paper receipt in the receipt list (S158).

图35是关于商品104的取出和结算的序列图。FIG. 35 is a sequence diagram regarding the withdrawal and settlement of the commodity 104 .

票据读取部222读取纸质票据时(S160),票据认证部242进行纸质票据的认证(S162)。When the receipt reading unit 222 reads the paper receipt (S160), the receipt authentication unit 242 authenticates the paper receipt (S162).

认证成功时锁定被解除。用户取出商品104(热点心)并关闭门102时,取出通知发送部264对服务器400发送取出通知(S164)。取出通知中包括取出的商品104的种类和数量、以及使用的纸质票据的数据。The lock is released when authentication is successful. When the user takes out the product 104 (hot spot) and closes the door 102, the take-out notification sending unit 264 sends a take-out notification to the server 400 (S164). The take-out notification includes the type and quantity of the commodity 104 taken out, and the data of the paper ticket used.

收银台800的取出通知接收部872接收取出通知时,票据管理部846将取出的商品104的种类和数量作为与使用的纸质票据的数据对应的购买的商品的种类和数量登记在票据表中(S166)。在该时刻,结算状况表示未结算。然后,是否允许通知发送部864对储存装置100e发送表示允许的通知(S168)。When the withdrawal notification receiving unit 872 of the cash register 800 receives the withdrawal notification, the receipt management unit 846 registers the type and quantity of the withdrawn commodity 104 in the receipt table as the type and quantity of the purchased commodity corresponding to the data of the used paper receipt. (S166). At this point in time, the settlement status indicates unsettled. Then, the permission notification sending unit 864 sends a notification indicating permission to the storage device 100e (S168).

储存装置100e的是否允许通知接收部274接收表示允许的通知时,票据列表管理部252将所使用的纸质票据的数据从票据列表中删除(S170)。When the permission notification receiving unit 274 of the storage device 100e receives the notification indicating permission, the ticket list management unit 252 deletes the data of the used paper ticket from the ticket list (S170).

用户将纸质票据交给负责收银的店员120时,使收银台800的票据读取部824读取纸质票据(S172)。然后,结算部842参照票据表,识别与读取的纸质票据对应的购买的商品的种类和数量(S174)。结算部842按照购买的商品的种类和数量进行结算处理(S176)。完成结算处理时,结算状况变为已结算(S178)。When the user hands the paper receipt to the cashier 120, the paper receipt is read by the receipt reading unit 824 of the cash register 800 (S172). Then, the settlement unit 842 refers to the receipt table, and identifies the type and quantity of the purchased product corresponding to the read paper receipt ( S174 ). The settlement unit 842 performs settlement processing according to the type and quantity of purchased commodities (S176). When the settlement processing is completed, the settlement status becomes settled (S178).

[变形例8][Variation 8]

关于热点心这样的店铺商品的购买,也可以不是使用纸质票据,而是使用电子票据。变形例8中,从用户终端300对商品104(热点心)进行预约。将该交易方式称为“店铺商品的预约购买方式”。For the purchase of store goods such as hotspots, instead of paper receipts, electronic receipts may be used. In Modification 8, the product 104 (hot spot) is reserved from the user terminal 300 . This transaction method is referred to as a "reservation purchase method for store products".

图36是表示店铺商品的预约购买方式的概要图。FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram showing a reservation purchase method of store merchandise.

在前往店铺之前的14时30分,用户122用用户终端300a浏览店铺内的商品(热点心),决定商品(热点心)的种类和数量并进行预约。用户122对商品104进行了预约时,服务器400对用户终端300a发送电子票据。用户终端300a存储接收到的电子票据。At 14:30 before going to the store, the user 122 browses the products (hot spots) in the store using the user terminal 300a, determines the type and quantity of the products (hot spots), and makes a reservation. When the user 122 makes a reservation for the commodity 104, the server 400 transmits an electronic receipt to the user terminal 300a. The user terminal 300a stores the received electronic ticket.

在14时35分,预约商品的信息被传达至店铺,店员确认该商品104的准备状况,如果准备尚未完成则进行烹调而补充商品(热点心)。At 14:35, the information of the reserved product is communicated to the store, the clerk confirms the preparation status of the product 104, and if the preparation has not been completed, cooking is performed to replenish the product (hot spot).

用户122到达店铺时不前往收银台,而是直接前往储存装置100e。然后,出示电子票据,从储存装置100e取出预约的商品。如果取出的商品正确,则直接将销售额计入。关于支付,可以是事先支付或事后支付的电子结算或现金结算等现有方法。When the user 122 arrives at the store, instead of going to the cash register, he goes directly to the storage device 100e. Then, the electronic receipt is presented, and the reserved commodity is taken out from the storage device 100e. If the correct item is taken out, the sale will be credited directly. Regarding payment, existing methods such as electronic settlement or cash settlement of prepayment or postpayment may be used.

图37是用户122从用户终端300a访问服务器400的站点并对位于店铺中的商品104(热点心)进行预约时的序列图。37 is a sequence diagram when the user 122 accesses the site of the server 400 from the user terminal 300a and makes a reservation for the product 104 (hot spot) located in the store.

服务器400的画面数据生成部444基于用店铺ID识别的店铺库存列表生成商品购买画面(S180)。然后,画面数据发送部462对用户终端300e发送生成的商品购买画面的数据(S182)。The screen data generation unit 444 of the server 400 generates a product purchase screen based on the store inventory list identified by the store ID (S180). Then, the screen data transmitting unit 462 transmits the data of the generated product purchase screen to the user terminal 300e (S182).

图像输出部334显示商品购买画面。在商品购买画面中显示能够购买的商品104(热点心)。用户122在商品购买画面中选择商品104并触摸预约按钮时,操作接受部322识别相当于预约对象的商品104的商品ID(S184)。请求发送部362对服务器400发送包括该商品ID和储存装置ID的预约请求。The image output unit 334 displays a product purchase screen. A product 104 (hot spot) that can be purchased is displayed on the product purchase screen. When the user 122 selects the item 104 on the item purchase screen and touches the reservation button, the operation accepting unit 322 recognizes the item ID of the item 104 corresponding to the reservation target ( S184 ). The request transmitting unit 362 transmits a reservation request including the product ID and the storage device ID to the server 400 .

服务器400的请求接收部474接收预约请求时,票据生成部446生成对商品104进行了预约的用户122用的电子票据(S186)。然后,票据发送部464对储存装置100e和用户终端300a发送电子票据(S188)。When the request receiving unit 474 of the server 400 receives the reservation request, the receipt generating unit 446 generates an electronic receipt for the user 122 who has reserved the product 104 (S186). Then, the receipt sending unit 464 sends the electronic receipt to the storage device 100e and the user terminal 300a (S188).

储存装置100e的票据接收部272接收电子票据时,票据列表管理部252将接收到的电子票据追加至票据列表。另外,用户终端300a的票据接收部374接收电子票据时,在票据存储部382中存储电子票据。When the receipt receiving unit 272 of the storage device 100e receives the electronic receipt, the receipt list management unit 252 adds the received electronic receipt to the receipt list. In addition, when the receipt receiving unit 374 of the user terminal 300 a receives the electronic receipt, the electronic receipt is stored in the receipt storage unit 382 .

在S188的处理之后,预约通知发送部452对店铺终端700发送预约通知(S192)。预约通知中包括电子票据和预约的商品(热点心)的种类和数量。After the process of S188, the reservation notification transmission unit 452 transmits a reservation notification to the store terminal 700 (S192). The reservation notice includes the electronic ticket and the type and quantity of reserved commodities (hot spots).

店铺终端700的预约通知接收部774接收预约通知时,交易管理部744在预约表中登记预约信息(S194)。预约表具有每个购买预约的记录。在记录中保存预约ID、商品种类和数量、用户ID、销售价格、电子票据ID、储存装置ID和取出状况等预约信息。When the reservation notification receiving unit 774 of the store terminal 700 receives the reservation notification, the transaction management unit 744 registers reservation information in the reservation table (S194). The appointment table has a record for each purchase appointment. Reservation information such as reservation ID, commodity type and quantity, user ID, sales price, electronic receipt ID, storage device ID, and take-out status are stored in the record.

图38是用户122从储存装置100e取出购买的商品104时的序列图。FIG. 38 is a sequence diagram when the user 122 takes out the purchased commodity 104 from the storage device 100e.

用户终端300a的操作接受部322接受QR码的显示指示的操作时,票据输出部332将票据存储部382中存储的电子票据变换为QR码的图形并在显示器上显示(S200)。用户122对储存装置100e的票据读取器114出示显示的QR码。When the operation accepting unit 322 of the user terminal 300a accepts the operation of the QR code display instruction, the receipt output unit 332 converts the electronic receipt stored in the receipt storage unit 382 into a QR code graphic and displays it on the display (S200). The user 122 presents the displayed QR code to the receipt reader 114 of the storage device 100e.

储存装置100e的票据读取部222读取该QR码(电子票据)时,票据认证部242进行所读取的电子票据的认证(S202)。认证成功、用户122取出商品104并关闭门102时,取出通知发送部264对店铺终端700发送取出通知(S204)。取出通知中包括取出的商品104(热点心)的种类和数量、以及使用的电子票据。When the receipt reading unit 222 of the storage device 100e reads the QR code (electronic receipt), the receipt authentication unit 242 authenticates the read electronic receipt (S202). When authentication succeeds and the user 122 takes out the product 104 and closes the door 102, the take-out notification sending unit 264 sends a take-out notification to the store terminal 700 (S204). The take-out notification includes the type and quantity of the taken-out commodity 104 (hot spot) and the electronic ticket used.

店铺终端700的取出通知接收部776接收取出通知时,商品验证部746判断从储存装置100e取出的商品104(热点心)的种类和数量是否正确(S208)。具体而言,商品验证部746参照票据表,识别与电子票据对应的用户ID,进而参照预约表,识别与相当于取出通知的发送源的储存装置ID与用户ID的组对应的商品的种类和数量。该商品ID与用户122预约的商品的种类和数量相当。如果商品的种类和数量一致,则用户122取出了预约的商品,验证成功。另一方面,如果商品的种类和数量不一致,则没有正确地取出预约的商品,所以验证失败。验证失败的情况下,是否允许通知发送部764对储存装置100e发送表示拒绝的通知,返回S204的处理。When the take-out notification receiving unit 776 of the store terminal 700 receives the take-out notice, the product verification unit 746 determines whether the type and quantity of the product 104 (hot spot) taken out from the storage device 100e are correct (S208). Specifically, the product verification unit 746 refers to the receipt table to identify the user ID corresponding to the electronic receipt, and further refers to the reservation table to identify the product type and user ID corresponding to the combination of the storage device ID and the user ID corresponding to the source of the withdrawal notification. quantity. The product ID corresponds to the type and quantity of the product reserved by the user 122 . If the types and quantities of the commodities are consistent, the user 122 takes out the reserved commodities, and the verification is successful. On the other hand, if the types and quantities of the commodities do not match, the reserved commodities are not taken out correctly, so the verification fails. When the verification fails, it is determined whether the notification transmission unit 764 is permitted to transmit a notification indicating rejection to the storage device 100e, and the process returns to S204.

另一方面,验证成功的情况下,店铺终端700的是否允许通知发送部764对储存装置100e发送表示允许的通知(S208)。On the other hand, when the verification is successful, the permission notification sending unit 764 of the store terminal 700 sends a notification indicating permission to the storage device 100e (S208).

储存装置100e的是否允许通知接收部274接收表示允许的通知时,票据列表管理部252将所使用的电子票据从票据列表中删除(S210)。When the permission notification receiving unit 274 of the storage device 100e receives the notification indicating permission, the ticket list management unit 252 deletes the used electronic ticket from the ticket list (S210).

在S208的处理之后,店铺终端700的预约通知接收部774将预约表的预约信息删除(S212)。然后,结算部748进行结算处理(S214)。After the process of S208, the reservation notification receiving unit 774 of the store terminal 700 deletes the reservation information of the reservation table (S212). Then, the settlement unit 748 performs settlement processing (S214).

[变形例9][Variation 9]

也可以代替变形例8中的预约地进行事前购买。将该交易方式称为“店铺商品的事前购买方式”。Instead of the reservation in Modification 8, advance purchase may be performed. This transaction method is referred to as the "pre-purchase method of store products".

图39是表示店铺商品的事前购买方式的概要图。FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram showing a pre-purchase method of store merchandise.

用户122在14时30分对商品104进行预约。在该时刻,不将销售额计入。14时35分的作业与图36的情况是同样的。在用户122在15时00分取出商品104时将销售额计入。User 122 makes a reservation for item 104 at 14:30. At this moment, sales are not counted. The work at 14:35 is the same as in the case of FIG. 36 . Sales are credited when user 122 withdraws item 104 at 15:00.

变形例8的情况下,代替图37的S192所示的处理地,服务器400的购买通知发送部(未图示)对店铺终端700发送购买通知(S192)。购买通知中包括电子票据和购买的商品(热点心)的种类和数量。In the case of Modification 8, instead of the processing shown in S192 of FIG. 37 , the purchase notification sending unit (not shown) of the server 400 sends a purchase notification to the store terminal 700 ( S192 ). The purchase notice includes the electronic ticket and the type and quantity of the purchased product (hot spot).

变形例8的情况下,代替图37的S194所示的处理地,在店铺终端700的购买通知接收部(未图示)接收购买通知时,店铺终端700的结算部748进行结算处理。In the case of Modification 8, instead of the processing shown in S194 of FIG. 37 , when the purchase notification receiving unit (not shown) of the store terminal 700 receives the purchase notification, the settlement unit 748 of the store terminal 700 performs settlement processing.

变形例8的情况下,不进行图38的S214所示的结算处理。In the case of Modification 8, the settlement process shown in S214 of FIG. 38 is not performed.

[用服务器400进行票据认证的变形例][Modified Example of Receipt Authentication Using Server 400]

实施方式和以上变形例中,示出了在储存装置100中进行票据认证的例子。具体而言,用储存装置100的票据读取部222读取电子票据(图4的S10),用储存装置100的票据认证部242进行该电子票据的认证(图4的S12)。为了进行票据的认证,储存装置100具有票据列表存储部282(图3)。In the embodiment and the above modification, the example in which the receipt authentication is performed in the storage device 100 is shown. Specifically, the electronic receipt is read by the receipt reading unit 222 of the storage device 100 ( S10 in FIG. 4 ), and the electronic receipt is authenticated by the receipt authentication unit 242 of the storage device 100 ( S12 in FIG. 4 ). In order to authenticate the receipt, the storage device 100 has a receipt list storage unit 282 ( FIG. 3 ).

但是,也可以变形为不是在储存装置100而是在服务器400中进行票据认证。即,也可以在服务器400中,对各储存装置100的票据列表进行管理,集中地进行电子票据的认证。However, it may be modified so that ticket authentication is performed not in the storage device 100 but in the server 400 . That is, in the server 400, the receipt list of each storage device 100 may be managed, and the authentication of the electronic receipt may be performed centrally.

该变形例中,在图3所示的储存装置100的计算机200的功能模块中,省去了票据列表存储部282。改为服务器400具有存储与各储存装置100对应的票据列表的票据列表存储部(未图示)。In this modification, the receipt list storage unit 282 is omitted from the functional modules of the computer 200 of the storage device 100 shown in FIG. 3 . Instead, the server 400 has a receipt list storage unit (not shown) that stores a receipt list corresponding to each storage device 100 .

关于图4所示的储存装置100的动作过程,说明变更点。Changes will be described with respect to the operation procedure of the storage device 100 shown in FIG. 4 .

省去图4所示的票据认证(S12),改为追加电子票据的发送和认证结果的接收。也省去删除票据(S34)。The receipt authentication ( S12 ) shown in FIG. 4 is omitted, and the transmission of the electronic receipt and the receipt of the authentication result are added instead. The deletion ticket (S34) is also omitted.

该变形例中,服务器400具有管理票据列表的票据列表管理部(未图示)、接收电子票据的票据接收部(未图示)、进行电子票据的认证的票据认证部(未图示)和发送电子票据的认证结果的认证结果发送部(未图示)。另外,储存装置100具有发送电子票据的票据发送部(未图示)和接收电子票据的认证结果的认证结果接收部(未图示)。In this modification, the server 400 includes a receipt list management unit (not shown) that manages a receipt list, a receipt receiving unit (not shown) that receives electronic receipts, a receipt authentication unit (not shown) that authenticates electronic receipts, and An authentication result transmitting unit (not shown) that transmits the authentication result of the electronic receipt. In addition, the storage device 100 includes a receipt transmitting unit (not shown) that transmits an electronic receipt, and an authentication result receiving unit (not shown) that receives an authentication result of the electronic receipt.

以下,依次说明在服务器400的票据列表中追加电子票据的处理、用服务器400进行票据认证的处理、以及删除服务器400的票据列表的电子票据的处理。此处,以实施方式为基础说明变更点,但也可以在上述变形例1~变形例5等中用服务器400进行票据认证。Hereinafter, the process of adding an electronic receipt to the receipt list of the server 400, the process of performing receipt authentication by the server 400, and the process of deleting the electronic receipt from the receipt list of the server 400 will be sequentially described. Here, the modification will be described based on the embodiment, but the server 400 may be used for ticket authentication in the above-described modification 1 to modification 5 and the like.

参照操作用户终端300a进行事前购买时的序列(图20),说明关于追加电子票据的变更点。Referring to the sequence ( FIG. 20 ) when the user terminal 300 a is operated to make a pre-purchase, the point of change regarding the addition of the electronic ticket will be described.

省去服务器400中的电子票据的发送(S58)。另外,也省去储存装置100a中的电子票据的列表登记(S60)。改为在生成电子票据(S56)之后,服务器400的票据列表管理部(未图示)进行电子票据的列表登记。即,票据列表管理部将所生成的电子票据追加至与储存装置100a对应的票据列表。事前预约方式等其他变形例的情况下也是同样的。The transmission of the electronic ticket in the server 400 is omitted (S58). In addition, the list registration of the electronic ticket in the storage device 100a (S60) is also omitted. Instead, after the electronic ticket is generated (S56), the ticket list management unit (not shown) of the server 400 performs the list registration of the electronic ticket. That is, the receipt list management unit adds the generated electronic receipt to the receipt list corresponding to the storage device 100a. The same applies to other modifications such as the advance reservation method.

参照从储存装置100a中取出事前购买的商品104时的序列(图21),说明关于票据认证的变更点。Referring to the sequence ( FIG. 21 ) when the commodity 104 purchased in advance is taken out from the storage device 100 a , the point of change regarding receipt authentication will be described.

省去储存装置100a中的电子票据的认证(S72)。改为在储存装置100a从用户终端300a接收到电子票据之后,储存装置100a的票据发送部(未图示)对服务器400发送该电子票据。服务器400的票据接收部(未图示)接收电子票据时,服务器400的票据认证部(未图示)进行接收到的电子票据的认证。如果与电子票据的发送源即储存装置100a对应的票据列表中包括的某一电子票据与接收到的电子票据一致,则认证成功。另一方面,如果与储存装置100a对应的票据列表中包括的任何电子票据都与接收到的电子票据不一致,则认证失败。服务器400的认证结果发送部(未图示)对储存装置100a(电子票据的发送源)发送认证结果。储存装置100a的认证结果接收部(未图示)接收认证结果,储存装置100a基于接收到的认证结果进行S74以后的处理。事前预约方式等其他变形例的情况下也是同样的。Authentication of the electronic ticket in the storage device 100a is omitted (S72). Instead, after the storage device 100a receives the electronic ticket from the user terminal 300a, the ticket sending unit (not shown) of the storage device 100a sends the electronic ticket to the server 400. When the receipt unit (not shown) of the server 400 receives the electronic receipt, the receipt authentication unit (not shown) of the server 400 authenticates the received electronic receipt. If a certain electronic ticket included in the ticket list corresponding to the storage device 100a, which is the sending source of the electronic ticket, is consistent with the received electronic ticket, the authentication is successful. On the other hand, if any electronic ticket included in the ticket list corresponding to the storage device 100a is inconsistent with the received electronic ticket, the authentication fails. The authentication result transmitting unit (not shown) of the server 400 transmits the authentication result to the storage device 100a (the transmission source of the electronic receipt). The authentication result receiving unit (not shown) of the storage device 100a receives the authentication result, and the storage device 100a performs the processing after S74 based on the received authentication result. The same applies to other modifications such as the advance reservation method.

接着参考图21,说明关于删除电子票据的变更点。Next, referring to FIG. 21 , the point of change regarding deletion of the electronic ticket will be described.

省去储存装置100a中的电子票据的列表删除(S82)。然后,在从服务器400对储存装置100a发送了允许通知之后,服务器400的票据列表管理部252将认证成功的电子票据从与储存装置100a(电子票据的发送源)对应的票据列表中删除。事前预约方式等其他变形例的情况下也是同样的。The list deletion of the electronic ticket in the storage device 100a is omitted (S82). Then, after sending the permission notification from the server 400 to the storage device 100a, the ticket list management unit 252 of the server 400 deletes the authenticated electronic ticket from the ticket list corresponding to the storage device 100a (transmission source of the electronic ticket). The same applies to other modifications such as the advance reservation method.

[复合方式1][Composite method 1]

作为复合方式1,可以同时实现“储存内商品的事前购买方式”(实施方式)和“储存内商品的任意购买方式”(变形例2或变形例3)。As the composite method 1, the "pre-purchase method of goods in stock" (embodiment) and the "arbitrary purchase method of goods in stock" (modification 2 or modification 3) can be realized at the same time.

在用户122取出自己事前购买的商品104时,以“储存内商品的事前购买方式”处理。在用户122取出无人事前购买的商品104时,以“储存内商品的任意购买方式”处理。另外,在用户122取出他人事前购买的商品104时,发出警告消息或警告音。When the user 122 takes out the commodity 104 purchased in advance by himself, it is processed in the "pre-purchase method of the commodity in storage". When the user 122 takes out the commodity 104 that no one has previously purchased, it is processed in the "optional purchase method of the commodity in storage". In addition, when the user 122 takes out the product 104 purchased in advance by another person, a warning message or a warning sound is issued.

[复合方式2][Composite method 2]

作为复合方式2,可以同时实现“储存内商品的事前预约方式”(变形例1)和“储存内商品的任意购买方式”(变形例2或变形例3)。As the composite method 2, the "pre-reservation method for items in stock" (modification 1) and the "optional purchase method for items in stock" (modification 2 or modification 3) can be simultaneously realized.

在用户122取出自己事前预约的商品104时,以“储存内商品的事前预约方式”处理。在用户122取出无人事前预约的商品104时,以“储存内商品的任意购买方式”处理。另外,在用户122取出他人事前预约的商品104时,发出警告消息或警告音。When the user 122 takes out the product 104 reserved in advance by the user, it is processed in the "pre-reservation method of the product in storage". When the user 122 takes out the commodity 104 that has not been reserved in advance, it is processed in the "optional purchase method of the commodity in storage". In addition, when the user 122 takes out the product 104 reserved in advance by another person, a warning message or a warning sound is issued.

[复合方式3][composite method 3]

作为复合方式3,可以同时实现“储存内商品的事前购买方式”(实施方式)和“储存内商品的事前预约方式”(变形例1)和“储存内商品的任意购买方式”(变形例2或变形例3)。As a composite method 3, the "pre-purchase method of goods in stock" (embodiment), the "pre-reservation method of goods in stock" (modification 1) and the "optional purchase method of goods in stock" (modification 2) can be realized simultaneously. or variant 3).

在用户122取出自己事前购买的商品104时,以“储存内商品的事前购买方式”处理。在用户122取出自己事前预约的商品104时,以“储存内商品的事前预约方式”处理。在用户122取出无人事前购买和事前预约的商品104时,以“储存内商品的任意购买方式”处理。另外,在用户122取出他人事前购买或事前预约的商品104时,发出警告消息或警告音。When the user 122 takes out the commodity 104 purchased in advance by himself, it is processed in the "pre-purchase method of the commodity in storage". When the user 122 takes out the product 104 reserved in advance by the user, it is processed in the "pre-reservation method of the product in storage". When the user 122 takes out the product 104 that has not been purchased in advance and has been reserved in advance, it is processed in the "optional purchase method of the product in storage". In addition, when the user 122 takes out the product 104 that has been purchased or reserved in advance by another person, a warning message or a warning sound is issued.

[储存体][storage body]

实施方式和上述变形例中说明的储存装置100是收容商品104等物品、进行对用户交付物品用的动作的储存体的例子。储存体可以是储存装置100这样的装置,也可以是房间这样的建筑内区域,也可以是店铺这样的设施。以下,说明储存体的例子。The storage device 100 described in the embodiment and the above-described modification is an example of a storage body that stores articles such as the commodity 104 and performs an operation for delivering the articles to the user. The storage body may be a device such as the storage device 100, a building area such as a room, or a facility such as a store. Hereinafter, an example of the storage body will be described.

[多门型的储存装置100][Multi-door type storage device 100]

图1中示出了门102是1个的方式,但储存装置100也可以具有多个门102。可以在各个门102的远侧,与图1同样地形成具有货架和摄像机110的收容空间。收容空间的边界被具有通气孔的壁部件划分,能够用1台温度调节装置112调节全部收容空间的温度和湿度。In FIG. 1 , the number of doors 102 is shown, but the storage device 100 may have a plurality of doors 102 . On the far side of each door 102 , a storage space having a shelf and a camera 110 may be formed similarly to FIG. 1 . The boundary of the storage space is demarcated by a wall member having ventilation holes, and the temperature and humidity of the entire storage space can be adjusted by one temperature adjustment device 112 .

票据读取器114、开闭传感器106和锁定机构108对于每个门102设置,但计算机200和扬声器116可以分别是1台。The receipt reader 114, the opening/closing sensor 106, and the locking mechanism 108 are provided for each door 102, but each of the computer 200 and the speaker 116 may be one.

[储存房间][storage room]

储存体也可以是保管商品104、具有对用户122交付该商品122的功能的房间。将该房间称为“储存房间”。储存房间例如能够实现代替学校内的商店、车站内的零售店和建筑物内的自动售货机区域的作用。The storage body may be a room that stores the commodity 104 and has a function of delivering the commodity 122 to the user 122 . Call this room the "storage room". The storage room can be used, for example, to replace a store in a school, a retail store in a station, and a vending machine area in a building.

用户122使用用户终端300浏览位于储存房间内的商品104或者进行事前购买或事前预约,这一点与实施方式和上述变形例的情况是同样的。用户122能够不是从储存装置100中、而是改为从储存房间中取出事前购买或事前预约的商品104、或者任意选择的商品104等。但是,每次一人进入房间取出商品104。The user 122 uses the user terminal 300 to browse the commodities 104 in the storage room, or to make a pre-purchase or pre-reservation, as in the case of the embodiment and the above-described modification. The user 122 can take out the pre-purchased or pre-reserved commodity 104 or the commodity 104 arbitrarily selected from the storage room instead of the storage device 100 . However, each time one person enters the room, the item 104 is taken out.

在储存房间的内部设置了放置商品104用的多个货架。对于放置在货架上的商品104,与储存装置100的情况同样地,用在货架上方设置的摄像机拍摄。对于储存房间内的空间,用温度调节装置112调节,与储存装置100的情况同样地,由计算机200控制动作。计算机200具有作为功能模块的自动门控制部(未图示)。A plurality of shelves for placing the commodities 104 are provided inside the storage room. As in the case of the storage device 100, the commodity 104 placed on the shelf is photographed with a camera installed above the shelf. The space in the storage room is regulated by the temperature adjustment device 112 , and the operation is controlled by the computer 200 as in the case of the storage device 100 . The computer 200 has an automatic door control unit (not shown) as a functional module.

参考表示储存装置100的动作的图4说明储存房间的动作。The operation of the storage room will be described with reference to FIG. 4 showing the operation of the storage device 100 .

假设与实施方式和上述变形例的情况同样地,已经完成了事前购买或事前预约等操作。来到储存房间的用户122对在自动门的外侧设置的票据读取器114出示电子票据的QR码。由此,票据读取部222检测出票据读取器114中的电子票据的读取(S10),票据认证部242进行读取的票据的认证(S12)。It is assumed that operations such as pre-purchase and pre-reservation have already been completed, as in the case of the embodiment and the above-described modification. The user 122 coming to the storage room presents the QR code of the electronic ticket to the ticket reader 114 provided outside the automatic door. Thereby, the receipt reading part 222 detects the reading of the electronic receipt by the receipt reader 114 (S10), and the receipt authentication part 242 authenticates the read receipt (S12).

与储存装置100的情况同样地,进行图4所示的内部商品检测(S14)。然后,代替解锁(S16)地,自动门控制部(未图示)对自动门指示打开动作。用户104进入房间时,自动门进行作为通常动作的关闭。此时,代替开门检测(S18)地,出入房间传感器(未图示)检测出用户122进入房间,自动门控制部(未图示)对自动门指示锁门。As in the case of the storage device 100 , the internal product detection shown in FIG. 4 is performed ( S14 ). Then, instead of unlocking ( S16 ), the automatic door control unit (not shown) instructs the automatic door to open the door. When the user 104 enters the room, the automatic door is closed as a normal action. In this case, instead of the door opening detection (S18), the room entry sensor (not shown) detects that the user 122 has entered the room, and the automatic door control unit (not shown) instructs the automatic door to lock the door.

在储存房间中,用户104找出并拿取事前购买或事前预约的商品104。任意购买方式的情况下,用户104选择并拿取要求的商品。然后,用户104直接走向自动门的内侧。In the storage room, the user 104 finds and takes the pre-purchased or pre-ordered item 104 . In the case of any purchase method, the user 104 selects and picks up the desired item. Then, the user 104 goes directly to the inside of the automatic door.

代替关门检测(S20)地,出入房间传感器检测出自动门的内侧的人(用户104)时,商品检测部244检测该时刻在储存房间的内部收容的商品104。然后,商品检测部244求出与S14中检测出的商品104的差异。In place of door closing detection ( S20 ), when the room entry and exit sensor detects a person (user 104 ) inside the automatic door, the commodity detection unit 244 detects the commodity 104 stored in the storage room at that time. Then, the commodity detection unit 244 obtains the difference from the commodity 104 detected in S14.

与储存装置100的情况同样地,取出通知发送部264对服务器400发送取出通知(S24),是否允许通知接收部274从服务器400接收是否允许通知(S26)。是否允许通知表示拒绝的情况下,警告输出部232输出警告(S30)。As in the case of the storage device 100, the fetch notification sending unit 264 sends a fetch notification to the server 400 (S24), and the permission notification receiving unit 274 receives the permission notification from the server 400 (S26). If the notification of permission or not indicates rejection, the warning output unit 232 outputs a warning (S30).

另一方面,接收到的是否允许通知表示允许的情况下,代替锁定(S32)地,自动门控制部(未图示)对自动门指示门解锁和打开动作。用户104离开房间时,自动门进行作为通常动作的关闭。此时,出入房间传感器(未图示)检测出人(用户104)离开房间时,与储存装置100的情况同样地,进行票据删除(S34)。On the other hand, if the received notification of permission indicates permission, instead of locking (S32), the automatic door control unit (not shown) instructs the automatic door to unlock and open the door. When the user 104 leaves the room, the automatic door is closed as a normal action. At this time, when the room entry and exit sensor (not shown) detects that a person (user 104) has left the room, the receipt is deleted as in the case of the storage device 100 (S34).

[无人店铺(商品检查机方式)][unmanned store (product inspection machine method)]

无人店铺具有保管商品104并对用户122交付该商品104的功能,能够视为一种储存体。用户122使用用户终端300浏览位于无人店铺内的商品104或者进行事前购买或事前预约等,这一点与实施方式和上述变形例的情况是同样的。但是,用户122能够不是从储存装置100中、而是从无人店铺中取出事前购买或事前预约的商品104、或者任意选择的商品104等。The unmanned store has a function of storing the product 104 and delivering the product 104 to the user 122, and can be regarded as a kind of storage. The user 122 uses the user terminal 300 to browse the products 104 in the unmanned store, or to make a pre-purchase or pre-reservation, etc., as in the case of the embodiment and the above-described modification. However, the user 122 can take out the pre-purchased or pre-reserved commodity 104 , or the commodity 104 arbitrarily selected from the unmanned store instead of the storage device 100 .

商品检查机方式的无人店铺具有检查用户122取出的商品104的商品检查机。商品检查机设置在出入口的附近,用于读取用户122最后要取出的商品104的条形码,判断取出的商品104是否正确。商品检查机也可以兼作为自助收银台或半自助收银台。The unmanned store of the product inspection machine type has a product inspection machine for inspecting the product 104 taken out by the user 122 . The commodity inspection machine is installed near the entrance and exit, and is used to read the barcode of the commodity 104 to be taken out by the user 122 last, and determine whether the commodity 104 taken out is correct. The product inspection machine can also double as a self-checkout or semi-self-checkout.

对于商品检查机方式的无人店铺中的用户122的动作和商品检查机的动作进行说明。The operation of the user 122 and the operation of the product inspection machine in the unmanned store of the product inspection machine system will be described.

假设与实施方式和上述变形例的情况同样地,已经完成了事前购买或事前预约等操作。前来拿取事前购买或事前预约的商品104、或者任意的商品104的用户122进入无人店铺时,不进行进店检查等。自由进入店铺的用户122携带事前购买或事前预约的商品104、或者任意选择的商品104,前往商品检查机处,自己对商品检查机进行操作。It is assumed that operations such as pre-purchase and pre-reservation have already been completed, as in the case of the embodiment and the above-described modification. When the user 122 who has come to pick up the pre-purchased or reserved product 104 or an arbitrary product 104 enters the unmanned store, no store entry inspection or the like is performed. The user 122 who freely enters the store carries the pre-purchased or reserved commodity 104, or the commodity 104 arbitrarily selected, goes to the commodity inspection machine, and operates the commodity inspection machine by himself.

商品检查机与储存装置100同样地,具有票据读取器114、扬声器116和计算机200。商品检查机不具备保管商品的功能,所以不具有门102、摄像机110、开闭传感器106、锁定机构108和温度调节装置112。商品检查机为了检测取出的商品104而具有条形码读取器(未图示)。条形码读取器读取对取出的商品104附加的商品条形码118,识别该商品ID。也可以代替商品条形码118地读取QR码等图形码。另外,也可以使用接收从对商品104附加的IC标签发送的商品ID的标签读取器。可以由票据读取器114兼作为条形码读取器,也可以与票据读取器114分别地设置条形码读取器。条形码读取器可以安装在商品检查机的框体中,也可以是用线连接的手持式的。商品检查机也具有显示器(例如液晶显示器)。另外,商品检查机的计算机200具有作为功能模块的进行显示对用户指导操作方法的消息的处理的操作指导显示处理部(未图示)。Like the storage device 100 , the commodity inspection machine includes a receipt reader 114 , a speaker 116 , and a computer 200 . Since the commodity inspection machine does not have the function of storing commodities, it does not include the door 102 , the camera 110 , the opening/closing sensor 106 , the locking mechanism 108 , and the temperature adjusting device 112 . The commodity inspection machine includes a barcode reader (not shown) in order to detect the extracted commodity 104 . The barcode reader reads the product barcode 118 attached to the extracted product 104, and identifies the product ID. Instead of the product barcode 118, a graphic code such as a QR code may be read. Alternatively, a tag reader that receives the item ID transmitted from the IC tag attached to the item 104 may be used. The receipt reader 114 may also serve as a barcode reader, or a barcode reader may be provided separately from the receipt reader 114 . The barcode reader can be installed in the housing of the commodity inspection machine, or it can be a hand-held type connected by a wire. The commodity inspection machine also has a display (eg, a liquid crystal display). In addition, the computer 200 of the commodity inspection machine includes an operation guidance display processing unit (not shown) that performs processing of displaying a message instructing the user on the operation method as a functional module.

参考表示储存装置100的动作的图4说明商品检查机的动作。The operation of the product inspection machine will be described with reference to FIG. 4 showing the operation of the storage device 100 .

商品检查机的计算机200的操作指导显示处理部(未图示)在待机状态下,例如在显示器上显示“请对票据读取器出示智能手机的电子票据。”这样的消息。In the standby state, the operation guidance display processing unit (not shown) of the computer 200 of the commodity inspection machine displays, for example, a message "Please show the electronic receipt of the smartphone to the receipt reader." on the display.

携带商品104来到商品检查机处的用户122操作用户终端300,使其显示电子票据的QR码,并对储存装置100的票据读取器114出示该QR码。由此,票据读取部222检测出票据读取器114中的电子票据的读取(S10),票据认证部242进行读取的票据的认证(S12)。票据认证的方法与储存装置100的情况是同样的。如上所述,也可以用服务器400进行票据认证。认证失败的情况下,不进行以后的处理。在认证失败的情况下,警告输出部232可以输出警告消息或警告音。认证成功的情况下,操作指导显示处理部(未图示)例如在显示器上显示“请对条形码读取器出示商品的条形码。”或者“请用条形码读取器读取商品的条形码。”等这样的消息。The user 122 carrying the commodity 104 to the commodity inspection machine operates the user terminal 300 to display the QR code of the electronic receipt, and presents the QR code to the receipt reader 114 of the storage device 100 . Thereby, the receipt reading part 222 detects the reading of the electronic receipt by the receipt reader 114 (S10), and the receipt authentication part 242 authenticates the read receipt (S12). The method of ticket authentication is the same as in the case of the storage device 100 . As described above, the server 400 may also be used for ticket authentication. If authentication fails, subsequent processing is not performed. When authentication fails, the warning output unit 232 may output a warning message or a warning sound. When the authentication is successful, the operation guidance display processing unit (not shown) displays, for example, "Please show the barcode of the product to the barcode reader." or "Please read the barcode of the product with the barcode reader." etc. on the display. such news.

在商品检查机中,不进行相当于图4所示的内部商品检测(S14)、解锁(S16)、开门检测(S18)和关门检测(S20)的动作。In the commodity inspection machine, operations corresponding to the internal commodity detection ( S14 ), unlocking ( S16 ), door opening detection ( S18 ), and door closing detection ( S20 ) shown in FIG. 4 are not performed.

商品检查机中,在S22中用与储存装置100的情况不同的方法检测取出的商品。用户122对条形码读取器出示想要取出的商品104的商品条形码118时,商品检测部244检测用条形码读取器读取的商品条形码118,识别商品ID。In the commodity inspection machine, the extracted commodity is detected by a method different from that in the case of the storage device 100 in S22. When the user 122 presents the product barcode 118 of the product 104 to be taken out to the barcode reader, the product detection unit 244 detects the product barcode 118 read by the barcode reader and recognizes the product ID.

与储存装置100的情况同样地,储存装置100的计算机200的取出通知发送部264对服务器400发送取出通知(S24)。取出通知中包括取出的商品104的商品条形码118的数据和所使用的电子票据。As in the case of the storage device 100, the fetch notification sending unit 264 of the computer 200 of the storage device 100 sends a fetch notification to the server 400 (S24). The take-out notification includes the data of the commodity barcode 118 of the commodity 104 taken out and the electronic ticket used.

与储存装置100的情况同样地,储存装置100的计算机200的是否允许通知接收部274从服务器400接收是否允许通知(S26)。是否允许通知表示拒绝的情况下,警告输出部232输出警告(S30)。取出的商品104不正确的情况下,例如使其发出“不能取出该商品。请放回货架。”这样的警告消息或警告音。As in the case of the storage device 100, the permission notification receiving unit 274 of the computer 200 of the storage device 100 receives the permission notification from the server 400 (S26). If the notification of permission or not indicates rejection, the warning output unit 232 outputs a warning (S30). When the product 104 taken out is incorrect, for example, a warning message or a warning sound such as "This product cannot be taken out. Please put it back on the shelf." is issued.

另一方面,接收的是否允许通知表示允许的情况下,与储存装置100的情况同样地,进行票据删除(S34)。另外,在商品检查机中,不存在相当于图4所示的解锁(S32)的动作。On the other hand, when the received notification of permission or not indicates permission, as in the case of the storage device 100, ticket deletion is performed (S34). In addition, in the commodity inspection machine, there is no operation corresponding to the unlocking ( S32 ) shown in FIG. 4 .

[无人店铺(自动检查方式)][unmanned store (automatic inspection method)]

也可以不在无人店铺中设置商品检查机,而是对在无人店铺内拍摄的图像进行分析,将用户122与商品104关联。这样,能够自动地进行商品104的检查。It is also possible to associate the user 122 with the product 104 by analyzing the image captured in the unmanned store instead of installing the product inspection machine in the unmanned store. In this way, the inspection of the commodity 104 can be performed automatically.

在自动检查方式的无人店铺中,设置有从各种角度拍摄店内的较多的监视摄像机。各监视摄像机对计算机200提供拍摄的动态图像。另外,在无人店铺的入口,设置有具有票据读取器114的闸门。计算机200具有追踪处理部(未图示)、行动检测部(未图示)和商品识别部(未图示)。In an unmanned store of the automatic inspection method, many surveillance cameras are installed that photograph the inside of the store from various angles. Each surveillance camera provides the computer 200 with captured moving images. In addition, a gate having a receipt reader 114 is provided at the entrance of the unmanned store. The computer 200 includes a tracking processing unit (not shown), an action detection unit (not shown), and a product identification unit (not shown).

参考表示储存装置100的动作的图4说明自动检查方式的无人店铺中的用户122的动作和计算机200的动作。The operation of the user 122 and the operation of the computer 200 in the unmanned store of the automatic inspection method will be described with reference to FIG. 4 showing the operation of the storage device 100 .

假设与实施方式和上述变形例的情况同样地,已经完成了事前购买或事前预约等操作。来到自动检查方式的无人店铺的用户122首先操作用户终端300,使其显示电子票据的QR码,并对闸门的票据读取器114出示该QR码。由此,票据读取部222检测出票据读取器114中的电子票据的读取(S10),票据认证部242进行读取的票据的认证(S12)。票据认证的方法与储存装置100的情况是同样的。如上所述,也可以用服务器400进行票据认证。认证失败的情况下,不进行以后的处理。在认证失败的情况下,警告输出部232可以输出“不能使用该票据。”这样的警告消息或警告音。It is assumed that operations such as pre-purchase and pre-reservation have already been completed, as in the case of the embodiment and the above-described modification. The user 122 who comes to the unmanned store in the automatic inspection system first operates the user terminal 300 to display the QR code of the electronic receipt, and presents the QR code to the receipt reader 114 of the gate. Thereby, the receipt reading part 222 detects the reading of the electronic receipt by the receipt reader 114 (S10), and the receipt authentication part 242 authenticates the read receipt (S12). The method of ticket authentication is the same as in the case of the storage device 100 . As described above, the server 400 may also be used for ticket authentication. If authentication fails, subsequent processing is not performed. When authentication fails, the warning output unit 232 may output a warning message or a warning sound such as "This ticket cannot be used.".

省去图4所示的内部商品检测(S14)和开门检测(S18)。代替解锁(S16)地,闸门打开。由此,用户122能够进入店铺。另外,在该时刻,在计算机200中识别出进入店铺的用户122的用户ID。The internal commodity detection ( S14 ) and the door opening detection ( S18 ) shown in FIG. 4 are omitted. Instead of unlocking (S16), the shutter is opened. Thereby, the user 122 can enter the store. In addition, at this time, the user ID of the user 122 who entered the store is recognized in the computer 200 .

追踪处理部基于用在入口设置的监视摄像机拍摄的动态图像,追踪用户122,随时确定用户122的店内位置。在用户122移动至其他监视摄像机的拍摄范围的情况下,基于用该监视摄像机拍摄的动态图像,继续进行用户122的追踪,持续确定用户122的店内位置。持续该处理直到用户122离开至店外。The tracking processing unit tracks the user 122 based on the moving image captured by the surveillance camera installed at the entrance, and identifies the in-store position of the user 122 at any time. When the user 122 moves to the imaging range of another surveillance camera, the tracking of the user 122 is continued based on the moving image captured by the surveillance camera, and the in-store position of the user 122 is continuously specified. This process continues until the user 122 leaves the store.

行动检测部根据动态图像中映出的用户122的动作,检测出进行了取出商品的行动。例如,如果用户122的手伸向货架、之后手中持有某物,则行动检测部(未图示)判断为进行了取出商品的行动。The action detection unit detects the action of taking out the product based on the action of the user 122 reflected in the moving image. For example, if the hand of the user 122 reaches the shelf and then holds something in the hand, the action detection unit (not shown) determines that the action of taking out the product is performed.

进行了取出商品的行动的情况下,商品识别部进行识别由用户122取出的商品的处理。商品识别部例如通过动态图像中用户122的手中映出的物品、与店铺内的各商品104的样品图像的匹配,而判断取出了哪一件商品104。或者,商品识别部根据位于用户122伸出手的位置的商品104从动态图像中消失,而判断该商品104已被取出。然后,将取出的商品ID作为与用户ID对应的商品列表存储。When an action of taking out a commodity is performed, the commodity recognition unit performs a process of identifying the commodity taken out by the user 122 . For example, the commodity recognition unit determines which commodity 104 has been taken out by matching the article reflected in the hand of the user 122 in the moving image with the sample image of each commodity 104 in the store. Alternatively, the commodity recognition unit judges that the commodity 104 has been taken out by the commodity 104 located at the position where the user 122 extended his hand disappears from the moving image. Then, the extracted product ID is stored as a product list corresponding to the user ID.

这样,用户104找出并拿取事前购买或事前预约的商品104。任意购买方式的情况下,用户104选择并拿取想要的商品104。任何商品104的商品ID都同样被追加至商品列表。然后,用户104离开至无人店铺外。离开时也可以不经过闸门。此时,代替图4所示的关门检测(S20)地,追踪处理部检测用户104的离开。In this way, the user 104 finds and takes the pre-purchased or pre-ordered merchandise 104 . In the case of any purchase method, the user 104 selects and takes the desired product 104 . The item ID of any item 104 is also added to the item list. Then, the user 104 leaves the unmanned store. You can leave without going through the gate. At this time, instead of the door closing detection ( S20 ) shown in FIG. 4 , the tracking processing unit detects the departure of the user 104 .

与储存装置100的情况同样地,取出通知发送部264对服务器400发送取出通知(S24),是否允许通知接收部274从服务器400接收是否允许通知(S26)。自动检查方式的无人店铺中,设想为至少采用任意购买方式,所以不存在拒绝的情况。原则上作为来自服务器400的确认回应,收到表示允许的是否允许通知。但是,在用户104没有取出事前购买的商品的情况或没有取出事前预约的商品的情况下,可以从服务器400对用户终端300发送提示该消息的通知(例如包括“请拿走事前购买的○○(商品名)。”或“请拿走事前预约的○○(商品名)。”等消息)。As in the case of the storage device 100, the fetch notification sending unit 264 sends a fetch notification to the server 400 (S24), and the permission notification receiving unit 274 receives the permission notification from the server 400 (S26). In the unmanned store of the automatic inspection method, it is assumed that at least the arbitrary purchase method is adopted, so there is no case of rejection. In principle, as a confirmation response from the server 400, a permission notification indicating permission is received. However, when the user 104 does not take out the pre-purchased product or does not take out the pre-reserved product, the server 400 may send a notification to the user terminal 300 to present the message (for example, including "Please take the pre-purchased ○○ (brand name).” or “Please take the ○○ (brand name) that you reserved in advance.” etc.).

省去图4所示的解锁(S32)。用户104离开时,与储存装置100的情况同样地,进行票据删除(S34)。The unlocking (S32) shown in FIG. 4 is omitted. When the user 104 leaves, as in the case of the storage device 100, the receipt is deleted (S34).

多个用户104来店的情况下,对于各用户104并行地处理。When a plurality of users 104 visit the store, processing is performed in parallel for each user 104 .

即,对于每个用户104,同时进行追踪处理、行动检测处理和商品识别处理等。That is, for each user 104, tracking processing, action detection processing, commodity identification processing, and the like are simultaneously performed.

[有人店铺][Manned shop]

有人店铺也与无人店铺同样地具有保管商品104、并对用户122交付商品104的功能,所以能够视为一种储存体。有人店铺与无人店铺的情况同样地,可以是商品检查机方式,也可以是自动检查方式。Similar to the unmanned store, the manned store has the function of storing the product 104 and delivering the product 104 to the user 122, so it can be regarded as a kind of storage. In the case of a manned store and an unmanned store, a product inspection machine method or an automatic inspection method may be used.

有人店铺的情况下,可以由店员进行商品检查机中的商品104的商品条形码118的读取操作。店员可以将由用户122事前购买或事前预约的商品104保留。另外,店员也可以将并非放置在货架上的商品104交给用户122。商品检查机可以兼作为自助收银台、半自助收银台、以及POS(Point of sale)收银台。In the case of a manned store, the operation of reading the product barcode 118 of the product 104 in the product inspection machine can be performed by a store clerk. The store clerk may keep the merchandise 104 that was pre-purchased or pre-ordered by the user 122 . In addition, the store clerk may hand the user 122 the product 104 that is not placed on the shelf. The product inspection machine can also be used as a self-service checkout counter, a semi-self-service checkout counter, and a POS (Point of sale) checkout counter.

[不限定储存装置100的预约方式][The reservation method of the storage device 100 is not limited]

也可以将多个储存装置100属于的组视为虚拟店铺,使得可以从虚拟店铺下属的任意的储存装置100取出预约商品。The group to which the plurality of storage devices 100 belong may be regarded as a virtual store, so that the reserved product can be retrieved from any storage device 100 subordinate to the virtual store.

例如,也存在用户对附近的储存装置100(ST-A)内的某一商品104进行了预约、但情况发生了变化而想要从其他储存装置100(ST-B)取得该商品104的情况。根据该方式,在这样的情况下,也可以从预约的储存装置100(ST-A)以外取出预约商品。For example, there may be a case where the user makes a reservation for a certain commodity 104 in the nearby storage device 100 (ST-A), but the situation changes and the user wants to acquire the commodity 104 from the other storage device 100 (ST-B). . According to this aspect, even in such a case, the reserved commodity can be taken out from other than the reserved storage device 100 (ST-A).

具体而言,关于某一储存装置100(ST-A)的商品104接受了预约的情况下,服务器400的票据发送部464不仅对储存装置100(ST-A)、也对组内的其他储存装置100(ST-B)和储存装置100(ST-C)发送电子票据。属于同一组的储存装置100的信息被存储在服务器400的组存储部(未图示)中。Specifically, when a reservation is accepted for the commodity 104 in a certain storage device 100 (ST-A), the receipt sending unit 464 of the server 400 not only stores the storage device 100 (ST-A) but also other storage devices in the group. The device 100 (ST-B) and the storage device 100 (ST-C) send the electronic ticket. The information of the storage devices 100 belonging to the same group is stored in a group storage unit (not shown) of the server 400 .

储存装置100(ST-B)的票据接收部272接收电子票据时,票据列表管理部252将接收到的电子票据追加至票据列表。储存装置100(ST-C)也是同样的。When the receipt receiving unit 272 of the storage device 100 (ST-B) receives the electronic receipt, the receipt list management unit 252 adds the received electronic receipt to the receipt list. The same applies to the storage device 100 (ST-C).

用当初预约的储存装置100(ST-A)以外的储存装置100(ST-B)取出了预约商品的情况下,视为基于事前预约的购买进行处理。另外,服务器400的取出通知接收部476接收从取出了预约商品的储存装置100(ST-B)发送的取出通知时,服务器400的取消通知发送部(未图示)对与取出通知的发送源即储存装置100(ST-B)属于同一组的其他储存装置100(ST-A)和储存装置100(ST-C)发送关于取出通知中包括的电子票据的取消通知。取消通知中包括取消对象的电子票据。When the reserved product is taken out by a storage device 100 (ST-B) other than the originally reserved storage device 100 (ST-A), it is treated as a purchase based on a prior reservation. In addition, when the take-out notification receiving unit 476 of the server 400 receives the take-out notification transmitted from the storage device 100 (ST-B) from which the reserved product has been taken out, the cancellation notification transmitting unit (not shown) of the server 400 communicates with the source of the take-out notification That is, the other storage devices 100 (ST-A) and the storage devices 100 (ST-C) in which the storage device 100 (ST-B) belongs to the same group transmits a cancellation notice about the electronic ticket included in the takeout notice. The cancellation notice includes the electronic ticket of the cancellation object.

储存装置100(ST-A)的取消通知接收部(未图示)接收取消通知时,票据列表管理部252将与取消通知中包括的电子票据相同的电子票据从票据列表中删除。储存装置100(ST-C)也是同样的。When the cancellation notification receiving unit (not shown) of the storage device 100 (ST-A) receives the cancellation notification, the ticket list management unit 252 deletes the same electronic ticket as the electronic ticket included in the cancellation notification from the ticket list. The same applies to the storage device 100 (ST-C).

如上所述,也可以用服务器400进行票据认证。在该情况下,在服务器400内,将当初预约的储存装置100(ST-A)的票据列表更新,并且也将同一组内的储存装置100(ST-B)和储存装置100(ST-C)的票据列表更新。As described above, the server 400 may also be used for ticket authentication. In this case, in the server 400, the ticket list of the storage device 100 (ST-A) originally reserved is updated, and the storage device 100 (ST-B) and the storage device 100 (ST-C) in the same group are also updated. ) of the ticket list update.

可以将地理上接近的范围内的储存装置100设为组,也可以将保管相同种类的商品104的储存装置100设为组。另外,也可以将由同一运营者运营的全部储存装置100设为一个组。Storage devices 100 within a geographically close range may be set as a group, or storage devices 100 storing commodities 104 of the same type may be set as a group. In addition, all the storage apparatuses 100 operated by the same operator may be set as one group.

也可以对于当初预约的储存装置100(ST-A),限制由预约者以外的人进行的预约商品的取出,对于除此以外的储存装置100(ST-B)和储存装置100(ST-C),将其预约商品视为临时预约,使预约者以外的人可以自由地取出预约商品。For the storage device 100 (ST-A) originally reserved, the withdrawal of the reserved product by persons other than the reservation person may be restricted, and the storage device 100 (ST-B) and the storage device 100 (ST-C) ), treat its reserved goods as provisional reservations, so that people other than the person making the reservation can freely take out the reserved goods.

[变形例10][Variation 10]

某一用户122可以对其他用户122赠送储存装置100中收容的商品104。以下,将赠送一方的用户122称为赠送人,将受赠送一方的用户122称为赠送对象。该例中,赠送人是“山田太郎”,使用用户终端300a。赠送对象是“野村花子”,使用用户终端300b。赠送人操作用户终端300a指定赠送对象,并且设定赠送金额。赠送对象能够在设定的赠送金额的范围内,接受赠送储存装置100中收容的商品104。A certain user 122 can present the commodity 104 stored in the storage device 100 to another user 122 . Hereinafter, the user 122 on the giving side is referred to as the giver, and the user 122 on the receiving side is referred to as the presenting object. In this example, the donor is "Yamada Taro", and the user terminal 300a is used. The gift object is "Hanako Nomura", and the user terminal 300b is used. The donor operates the user terminal 300a to designate the recipient of the gift, and to set the amount of the gift. The gift recipient can receive the gift item 104 stored in the storage device 100 within the range of the set gift amount.

在变形例10~12中,说明使用储存装置100的赠送的机制。通过赠送的机制,实现储存装置100的使用方式的多样化,使用储存装置100的商品交易活跃化。In Modifications 10 to 12, the mechanism of the gift using the storage device 100 will be described. Through the mechanism of giving, the diversification of the usage modes of the storage device 100 is realized, and the transaction of commodities using the storage device 100 is activated.

图40的(A)是门户画面的例子。(A) of FIG. 40 is an example of a portal screen.

从赠送人的用户终端300a访问服务器400时,显示包括赠送金额设定按钮的门户画面。赠送人触摸赠送金额设定按钮时,切换至赠送金额设定画面。When accessing the server 400 from the donor's user terminal 300a, a portal screen including a bonus amount setting button is displayed. When the donor touches the bonus setting button, it switches to the bonus setting screen.

图40的(B)是赠送金额设定画面的例子。(B) of FIG. 40 is an example of the bonus amount setting screen.

赠送金额设定画面包括赠送对象的选择区域和赠送金额的输入区域。赠送人从已预先加为好友的用户122中选择赠送对象,并输入赠送金额。赠送人触摸决定按钮时,指定赠送对象和赠送金额的赠送金额设定信息确定。然后,对赠送对象的用户终端300b发送赠送金额设定通知。通知方法是推送通知、SNS(社交网络服务)的消息发送功能或电子邮件等。The bonus amount setting screen includes a selection area for a gift object and an input area for the bonus amount. The donor selects a gift object from the users 122 who have been added as friends in advance, and inputs the gift amount. When the donor touches the decision button, the gift amount setting information specifying the gift object and the gift amount is determined. Then, the bonus amount setting notification is transmitted to the user terminal 300b of the bonus object. The notification method is a push notification, a message sending function of an SNS (Social Network Service), an e-mail, or the like.

图40的(C)是赠送金额设定通知的例子。(C) of FIG. 40 is an example of a bonus amount setting notification.

在赠送对象的用户终端300b上,通过赠送金额设定通知显示“由山田太郎设定了3000日元的赠送金额。”这样的消息。On the user terminal 300b to which the gift is to be presented, a message "The gift amount of 3,000 yen has been set by Taro Yamada." is displayed in the notification of the reward amount setting.

用户终端300具有事件发送部(未图示)、赠送设定信息发送部(未图示)、通知接收部(未图示)和消息显示部(未图示)作为模块结构。The user terminal 300 has an event transmission unit (not shown), a gift setting information transmission unit (not shown), a notification reception unit (not shown), and a message display unit (not shown) as a module structure.

事件发送部对服务器400发送各种事件。赠送设定信息发送部对服务器400发送赠送金额设定信息。通知接收部从服务器400接收各种通知。消息显示部显示各种消息。The event transmission unit transmits various events to the server 400 . The bonus setting information transmitting unit transmits the bonus amount setting information to the server 400 . The notification receiving unit receives various notifications from the server 400 . The message display unit displays various messages.

服务器400具有事件接收部(未图示)、赠送设定信息接收部(未图示)、通知发送部(未图示)、赠送设定信息登记部(未图示)、赠送金额设定表存储部(未图示)和结算部(未图示)。The server 400 includes an event reception unit (not shown), a bonus setting information reception unit (not shown), a notification transmission unit (not shown), a bonus setting information registration unit (not shown), and a bonus amount setting table A storage unit (not shown) and a settlement unit (not shown).

事件接收部从用户终端300接收各种事件。赠送设定信息接收部从用户终端300接收赠送金额设定信息。通知发送部对用户终端300发送各种通知。赠送设定信息登记部将接收到的赠送金额设定信息登记在赠送金额设定表中。赠送金额设定表存储部存储赠送金额设定表。结算部进行结算处理。The event reception unit receives various events from the user terminal 300 . The bonus setting information receiving unit receives bonus amount setting information from the user terminal 300 . The notification transmitting unit transmits various notifications to the user terminal 300 . The bonus setting information registration unit registers the received bonus setting information in the bonus setting table. The bonus amount setting table storage unit stores a bonus amount setting table. The settlement department performs settlement processing.

对于具体的处理动作进行说明。赠送人的用户终端300a的帐户信息发送部366对服务器400发送帐户信息(用户ID和密码)。A specific processing operation will be described. The account information transmitting unit 366 of the donor's user terminal 300 a transmits the account information (user ID and password) to the server 400 .

服务器400的帐户信息接收部479接收帐户信息时,服务器400的用户认证部443进行用户认证。用户认证成功时,服务器400的画面数据发送部462对用户终端300a发送门户画面的数据。When the account information receiving unit 479 of the server 400 receives the account information, the user authentication unit 443 of the server 400 performs user authentication. When the user authentication succeeds, the screen data transmitting unit 462 of the server 400 transmits the data of the portal screen to the user terminal 300a.

赠送人的用户终端300a的画面数据接收部372接收门户画面的数据时,用户终端300a的画面输出部334显示门户画面。用户终端300a的操作接受部322接受赠送金额设定按钮的触摸时,用户终端300a的事件发送部对服务器400发送赠送金额设定画面的请求事件。When the screen data receiving unit 372 of the user terminal 300a of the donor receives the data of the portal screen, the screen output unit 334 of the user terminal 300a displays the portal screen. When the operation accepting unit 322 of the user terminal 300a accepts the touch of the bonus setting button, the event transmitting unit of the user terminal 300a transmits a request event for the bonus setting screen to the server 400 .

服务器400的事件接收部接收赠送金额设定画面的请求事件时,服务器400的画面数据发送部462对用户终端300a发送赠送金额设定画面的数据。赠送金额设定画面的数据包括已加为好友的用户122的姓名和用户ID。When the event receiving unit of the server 400 receives the request event of the bonus setting screen, the screen data transmitting unit 462 of the server 400 transmits the data of the bonus setting screen to the user terminal 300a. The data of the bonus amount setting screen includes the name and user ID of the user 122 who has been added as a friend.

赠送人的用户终端300a的画面数据接收部372接收赠送金额设定画面的数据时,用户终端300a的画面输出部334显示赠送金额设定画面。用户终端300a的操作接受部322显示已加为好友的用户122的姓名作为候选,接受赠送对象的选择。另外,用户终端300a的操作接受部322接受赠送金额的输入。然后,用户终端300a的操作接受部322接受赠送金额设定按钮的触摸时,用户终端300a的赠送设定信息发送部对服务器400发送包括赠送对象的用户ID(以下称为“赠送对象ID”)和赠送金额的赠送金额设定信息。When the screen data receiving unit 372 of the donor's user terminal 300a receives the data on the bonus amount setting screen, the screen output unit 334 of the user terminal 300a displays the bonus amount setting screen. The operation accepting unit 322 of the user terminal 300a displays the name of the user 122 who has been added as a friend as a candidate, and accepts selection of a gift object. In addition, the operation accepting unit 322 of the user terminal 300a accepts the input of the bonus amount. Then, when the operation accepting unit 322 of the user terminal 300a accepts the touch of the bonus amount setting button, the bonus setting information transmitting unit of the user terminal 300a transmits to the server 400 the user ID (hereinafter referred to as the “donation target ID”) including the gift recipient. and the promotional credit setting information for the credit.

服务器400的赠送设定信息接收部接收赠送金额设定信息时,服务器400的赠送设定信息登记部将接收到的赠送金额设定信息登记在赠送金额设定表中。When the bonus setting information receiving unit of the server 400 receives the bonus setting information, the bonus setting information registering unit of the server 400 registers the received bonus setting information in the bonus setting table.

图41是赠送金额设定表的数据结构图。FIG. 41 is a data structure diagram of the bonus amount setting table.

赠送金额设定表具有接收到的每个赠送金额设定信息的记录。记录将赠送人ID、赠送对象ID、赠送金额和使用金额关联。第一条记录的赠送人ID的US001是“山田太郎”的用户ID,赠送对象ID的US002是“野村花子”的用户ID。使用金额表示利用赠送接受代付的费用的合计。The credit setting table has a record of each credit setting information received. The record associates the donor ID, the gift object ID, the reward amount, and the usage amount. US001 of the donor ID of the first record is the user ID of "Yamada Taro", and US002 of the gift object ID is the user ID of "Nomura Hanako". The amount of use indicates the total of the fees paid by the gift.

接着,服务器400的通知发送部对赠送对象的用户终端300b发送赠送金额设定通知。Next, the notification transmitting unit of the server 400 transmits a notification of setting the bonus amount to the user terminal 300b of the destination.

赠送对象的用户终端300b的通知接收部接收赠送金额设定通知时,用户终端300b的消息显示部显示赠送金额设定通知中设定的消息。When the notification receiving unit of the user terminal 300b to which the gift is to be received receives the bonus amount setting notification, the message display unit of the user terminal 300b displays the message set in the bonus amount setting notification.

图42是表示结算处理的过程的流程图。FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing the procedure of settlement processing.

在变形例10中作为基础的处理应用实施方式或变形例1~3等,进而进行以下所示的结算处理。结算处理对于销售额表(图16)的每条记录进行。销售额表中的用户ID示出了收取了商品的用户122。服务器400的结算部判断销售额表的用户ID是否符合赠送金额设定表中设定的某一赠送对象ID(S220)。The embodiment or the modifications 1 to 3, etc. are applied to the basic processing in Modification 10, and the settlement processing shown below is further performed. The settlement process is performed for each record of the sales table (FIG. 16). The user ID in the sales table shows the user 122 who received the item. The settlement unit of the server 400 judges whether or not the user ID of the sales table matches any gift object ID set in the bonus amount setting table (S220).

销售额表的用户ID不符合任何赠送对象ID的情况下(S220的否),服务器400的结算部进行全额的本人支付处理(S222)。具体而言,结算部基于与销售额表的用户ID关联的结算信息(例如电子货币的用户编号或信用卡的用户编号等)进行事先支付或事后支付的电子结算或现金结算等。事先支付的情况下,用户122预先充值。事先支付中充值金额不足的情况下的应对方法和事后支付中无法从银行账户扣款的情况下的应对方法与现有技术相同即可。When the user ID of the sales table does not match any gift object ID (No in S220 ), the settlement unit of the server 400 performs the full amount of personal payment processing ( S222 ). Specifically, the settlement unit performs electronic settlement or cash settlement of pre-payment or post-payment based on settlement information (eg, user ID of electronic money or user ID of credit card) associated with the user ID of the sales table. In the case of prepayment, the user 122 precharges the money. The response method when the recharge amount is insufficient in the advance payment and the response method when the bank account cannot be debited during the subsequent payment may be the same as in the prior art.

销售额表的用户ID相当于赠送对象ID的情况下(S220的是),服务器400的结算部判断赠送钱款的余额是否在商品的销售价格以上(S224)。赠送钱款的余额按照从与赠送对象ID对应的赠送金额中减去使用金额得到的差求出。关于商品的销售价格,从销售额表中读取。When the user ID of the sales table corresponds to the gift object ID (Yes in S220), the settlement unit of the server 400 determines whether the balance of the gift money is equal to or more than the sales price of the product (S224). The balance of the gift money is calculated as the difference obtained by subtracting the used amount from the gift amount corresponding to the gift object ID. The sales price of the product is read from the sales table.

判断为赠送钱款的余额在商品的销售价格以上的情况下(S224的是),服务器400的结算部进行全额的赠送人支付处理(S226)。具体而言,结算部基于与对应于赠送对象ID的赠送人ID关联的结算信息,如上所述地进行事先支付或事后支付的电子结算或现金结算等。然后,结算部对与赠送对象ID对应的使用金额加上销售价格(S228)。When it is determined that the balance of the gift money is equal to or greater than the sales price of the product (Yes in S224), the settlement unit of the server 400 performs a full donor payment process (S226). Specifically, the settlement unit performs electronic settlement or cash settlement of prepayment or postpayment as described above, based on settlement information associated with the donor ID corresponding to the donor ID. Then, the settlement unit adds the sales price to the usage amount corresponding to the gift object ID (S228).

判断为赠送钱款的余额不足商品的销售价格的情况下(S224的否),服务器400的结算部进行赠送钱款的余额部分的赠送人支付处理(S230)。然后,结算部将使用金额设为与赠送金额相同,将赠送金额设定信息设为无效(S232)。另外,结算部进行不足额的本人支付处理(S234)。不足额是从商品的销售价格中减去赠送钱款的余额得到的差。When it is determined that the balance of the gift money is less than the sales price of the product (NO in S224), the settlement unit of the server 400 performs a donor payment process for the balance of the gift money (S230). Then, the settlement unit sets the used amount to be the same as the bonus amount, and invalidates the bonus amount setting information ( S232 ). In addition, the settlement unit performs the personal payment processing of the insufficient amount (S234). The shortfall is the difference obtained by subtracting the balance of the gift money from the sales price of the product.

此处示出了储存装置100的例子,但也可以将变形例10应用于其他储存体(例如储存房间、无人店铺或有人店铺等)。An example of the storage device 100 is shown here, but the modification 10 can be applied to other storage bodies (for example, a storage room, an unmanned store, a manned store, or the like).

[变形例11][Variation 11]

也可以是赠送对象先购买储存装置100中收容的商品104,事后对加为好友的用户122请求赠送。以下,将请求赠送的一方的用户122称为赠送请求人。将被请求赠送的一方的用户122称为赠送人候选。该例中,赠送请求人是“野村花子”,使用用户终端300b。赠送人候选是“山田太郎”,使用用户终端300a。Alternatively, the gift object may first purchase the commodity 104 stored in the storage device 100, and then request the gift from the user 122 who has been added as a friend. Hereinafter, the user 122 who requests the gift will be referred to as the gift requester. The user 122 of the party to whom the gift is requested is referred to as a donor candidate. In this example, the gift requester is "Hanako Nomura", and the user terminal 300b is used. The donor candidate is "Yamada Taro", and the user terminal 300a is used.

图43的(A)是门户画面的例子。(A) of FIG. 43 is an example of a portal screen.

从赠送请求人的用户终端300b访问服务器400时,显示包括购买记录按钮的门户画面。赠送人触摸购买记录按钮时,切换至购买记录画面。When accessing the server 400 from the user terminal 300b of the gift requester, a portal screen including a purchase record button is displayed. When the donor touches the purchase record button, it switches to the purchase record screen.

图43的(B)是购买记录画面的例子。(B) of FIG. 43 is an example of the purchase record screen.

在购买记录画面中,显示赠送请求人从储存装置100购买商品的记录。该例中,显示购买日期时间“×月×日×时×分”、储存名“楼A-F4”、购买商品名“猪排盒饭”和购买金额“750日元”。购买记录画面包括赠送人候选的选择区域。赠送请求人从已预先加为好友的用户122中选择赠送人候选。赠送人触摸请求赠送按钮时,对赠送人候选的用户终端300a发送赠送请求通知。通知方法是推送通知、SNS的消息发送功能或电子邮件等。On the purchase record screen, a record of purchases of merchandise from the storage device 100 by the gift requester is displayed. In this example, the purchase date and time "×month×day×hour×minute", the storage name "Building A-F4", the purchase product name "Pork Chop Bento", and the purchase amount "750 yen" are displayed. The purchase record screen includes a selection area for donor candidates. The gift requester selects donor candidates from the users 122 who have been friended in advance. When the donor touches the donation request button, a donation request notification is sent to the user terminal 300a of the donor candidate. The notification method is a push notification, a message sending function of an SNS, an e-mail, or the like.

图43的(C)是赠送请求通知的例子。(C) of FIG. 43 is an example of a presentation request notification.

在赠送人候选的用户终端300a上,通过赠送请求通知显示“收到了野村花子的赠送请求”这样的消息。On the user terminal 300a of the donor candidate, a message "received a gift request from Hanako Nomura" is displayed as a gift request notification.

图43的(D)是是否允许赠送画面的例子。(D) of FIG. 43 is an example of a presentation permission screen.

赠送人候选能够从用户终端300a访问服务器400,回答是否允许赠送请求。在是否允许赠送画面中,显示赠送请求的内容。具体而言,显示赠送请求人“野村花子”、购买日期时间、储存名、购买商品名和购买金额。赠送人候选触摸允许按钮时允许赠送请求,赠送人候选成为赠送人。赠送人候选触摸拒绝按钮时拒绝赠送请求,赠送人候选不成为赠送人。The donor candidate can access the server 400 from the user terminal 300a, and can answer whether or not the gift request is permitted. In the gift permission screen, the content of the gift request is displayed. Specifically, the gift requester "Hanako Nomura", the purchase date and time, the storage name, the purchase item name, and the purchase amount are displayed. When the donor candidate touches the Allow button, the gift request is allowed, and the donor candidate becomes the donor. The donor candidate rejects the gift request when touching the reject button, and the donor candidate does not become the donor.

服务器400具有赠送人信息登记部(未图示)和是否允许信息登记部(未图示)作为模块结构。The server 400 has a donor information registration unit (not shown) and a permission information registration unit (not shown) as a module structure.

赠送人信息登记部在销售额表中相当于购买记录的记录中,以未允许的状态登记赠送人候选ID作为赠送人ID。是否允许信息登记部对销售额表中相当于购买记录的记录的允许标志进行切换。The donor information registration unit registers the donor candidate ID as the donor ID in the record corresponding to the purchase record in the sales table in an unapproved state. Whether to allow the information registration unit to switch the permission flag of the record corresponding to the purchase record in the sales table.

对于具体的处理动作进行说明。赠送请求人的用户终端300b的帐户信息发送部366对服务器400发送帐户信息(用户ID和密码)。A specific processing operation will be described. The account information transmitting unit 366 of the user terminal 300 b of the gift requester transmits the account information (user ID and password) to the server 400 .

服务器400的帐户信息接收部479接收帐户信息时,服务器400的用户认证部443进行用户认证。用户认证成功时,服务器400的画面数据发送部462对用户终端300b发送门户画面的数据。When the account information receiving unit 479 of the server 400 receives the account information, the user authentication unit 443 of the server 400 performs user authentication. When the user authentication succeeds, the screen data transmitting unit 462 of the server 400 transmits the data of the portal screen to the user terminal 300b.

赠送请求人的用户终端300b的画面数据接收部372接收门户画面的数据时,用户终端300b的画面输出部334显示门户画面。用户终端300b的操作接受部322接受购买记录按钮的触摸时,用户终端300a的事件发送部对服务器400发送购买记录画面的请求事件。When the screen data receiving unit 372 of the user terminal 300b of the gift requester receives the data of the portal screen, the screen output unit 334 of the user terminal 300b displays the portal screen. When the operation reception unit 322 of the user terminal 300b accepts the touch of the purchase record button, the event transmission unit of the user terminal 300a transmits a request event for the purchase record screen to the server 400 .

服务器400的事件接收部接收购买记录画面的请求事件时,服务器400的画面数据发送部462对用户终端300b发送购买记录画面的数据。购买记录画面的数据包括已加为好友的用户122的姓名和用户ID。When the event reception unit of the server 400 receives the request event for the purchase record screen, the screen data transmission unit 462 of the server 400 transmits the data of the purchase record screen to the user terminal 300b. The data of the purchase record screen includes the name and user ID of the user 122 who has been added as a friend.

赠送请求人的用户终端300b的画面数据接收部372接收购买记录画面的数据时,用户终端300b的画面输出部334显示购买记录画面。用户终端300b的操作接受部322显示已加为好友的用户122的姓名作为候选,接受赠送人候选的选择。然后,用户终端300b的操作接受部322接受请求赠送按钮的触摸时,用户终端300b的事件发送部对服务器400发送附加了赠送人候选的用户ID(赠送人候选ID)的赠送请求的事件。When the screen data receiving unit 372 of the user terminal 300b of the gift requester receives the data of the purchase record screen, the screen output unit 334 of the user terminal 300b displays the purchase record screen. The operation accepting unit 322 of the user terminal 300b displays the name of the user 122 who has been added as a friend as a candidate, and accepts selection of a donor candidate. Then, when the operation reception unit 322 of the user terminal 300b accepts the touch of the gift request button, the event transmission unit of the user terminal 300b transmits an event of the gift request to the server 400 to which the user ID (donor candidate ID) of the donor candidate is added.

服务器400的事件接收部接收赠送请求的事件时,服务器400的赠送人信息登记部在销售额表中相当于购买记录的记录中,以未允许的状态登记赠送人候选ID作为赠送人ID。When the event receiving unit of the server 400 receives the event of the gift request, the donor information registration unit of the server 400 registers the donor candidate ID as the donor ID in the record corresponding to the purchase record in the sales table.

图44是销售额表的数据结构图。Fig. 44 is a data structure diagram of the sales table.

销售额表具有每笔销售交易的记录。在记录中,在交易ID、商品ID、用户ID、销售价格、电子票据ID和储存装置ID等上述项目之外,也保存赠送人ID和允许标志。允许标志的初始值是OFF。赠送请求被允许时,允许标志成为ON。在赠送人ID中设定赠送人候选的用户ID。赠送请求被允许的情况下,用户ID相当于赠送对象ID。The Sales table has a record of each sales transaction. In the record, in addition to the above-mentioned items such as transaction ID, commodity ID, user ID, sales price, electronic receipt ID, and storage device ID, donor ID and permission flag are also stored. The initial value of the allow flag is OFF. When the gift request is permitted, the permission flag turns ON. The user ID of the donor candidate is set in the donor ID. When the gift request is permitted, the user ID corresponds to the gift object ID.

接着,服务器400的通知发送部对赠送人候选的用户终端300a发送赠送请求通知。Next, the notification transmission unit of the server 400 transmits a donation request notification to the user terminal 300a of the donor candidate.

赠送人候选的用户终端300a的通知接收部接收赠送请求通知时,用户终端300a的消息显示部显示赠送请求通知中设定的消息。When the notification receiving unit of the user terminal 300a of the donor candidate receives the gift request notification, the message display unit of the user terminal 300a displays the message set in the gift request notification.

之后,通过回答是否允许赠送请求的赠送人候选的操作,用户终端300a的帐户信息发送部366对服务器400发送帐户信息(用户ID和密码)。After that, the account information transmitting unit 366 of the user terminal 300a transmits the account information (user ID and password) to the server 400 by answering the operation of answering whether to permit the donor candidate of the gift request.

服务器400的帐户信息接收部479接收帐户信息时,服务器400的用户认证部443进行用户认证。用户认证成功时,服务器400的画面数据发送部462对用户终端300a发送是否允许赠送画面的数据。When the account information receiving unit 479 of the server 400 receives the account information, the user authentication unit 443 of the server 400 performs user authentication. When the user authentication is successful, the screen data transmission unit 462 of the server 400 transmits data on whether or not to allow the presentation of the screen to the user terminal 300a.

用户终端300a的画面数据接收部372接收是否允许赠送画面的数据时,用户终端300a的画面输出部334显示是否允许赠送画面。用户终端300a的操作接受部322接受允许按钮的触摸时,用户终端300a的事件发送部对服务器400发送允许事件。另一方面,用户终端300a的操作接受部322接受拒绝按钮的触摸时,用户终端300a的事件发送部对服务器400发送拒绝事件。When the screen data receiving unit 372 of the user terminal 300a receives the data on whether the gift screen is permitted, the screen output unit 334 of the user terminal 300a displays the gift permission screen. When the operation reception unit 322 of the user terminal 300 a accepts the touch of the permission button, the event transmission unit of the user terminal 300 a transmits the permission event to the server 400 . On the other hand, when the operation accepting unit 322 of the user terminal 300 a accepts the touch of the reject button, the event transmitting unit of the user terminal 300 a transmits a reject event to the server 400 .

服务器400的事件接收部接收允许事件时,服务器400的是否允许信息登记部将销售额表中相当于购买记录的记录的允许标志设为ON。另一方面,服务器400的事件接收部接收拒绝事件时,服务器400的是否允许信息登记部将销售额表中相当于购买记录的记录的允许标志设为OFF。When the event reception unit of the server 400 receives the permission event, the permission information registration unit of the server 400 turns ON the permission flag of the record corresponding to the purchase record in the sales table. On the other hand, when the event reception unit of the server 400 receives the rejection event, the permission information registration unit of the server 400 turns OFF the permission flag of the record corresponding to the purchase record in the sales table.

图45是表示结算处理的过程的流程图。FIG. 45 is a flowchart showing the procedure of settlement processing.

在变形例11中作为基础的处理应用实施方式或变形例1~3等,进而进行以下所示的结算处理。结算处理对于销售额表(图16)的每条记录进行。销售额表中的用户ID示出了收取了商品的用户122。用户122请求了赠送的情况下,该用户ID表示赠送请求人。即,用户ID有时相当于赠送请求人ID。The embodiment or the modifications 1 to 3, etc. are applied to the basic processing in the modification 11, and the settlement processing shown below is further performed. The settlement process is performed for each record of the sales table (FIG. 16). The user ID in the sales table shows the user 122 who received the item. When the user 122 has requested the gift, the user ID indicates the gift requester. That is, the user ID may correspond to the gift requester ID.

服务器400的结算部判断是否在销售额表的记录中设定了赠送人ID(S240)。没有设定赠送人ID的情况下(S240的否),结算部进行销售额表的记录中设定的销售价格的本人支付处理(S242)。具体而言,结算部基于与销售额表的用户ID关联的结算信息,如上所述地进行事先支付或事后支付的电子结算或现金结算等。这相当于通常的自己支付。The settlement unit of the server 400 judges whether the donor ID is set in the record of the sales table (S240). When the donor ID is not set (NO in S240), the settlement unit performs the personal payment process for the sales price set in the record of the sales table (S242). Specifically, the settlement unit performs electronic settlement or cash settlement of prepayment or postpayment as described above, based on settlement information associated with the user ID of the sales table. This is equivalent to the usual self-pay.

设定了赠送人ID的情况下(S240的是),服务器400的结算部判断允许标志是否ON(S244)。允许标志是ON的情况下(S244的是),结算部进行销售价格的赠送人支付处理(S246)。具体而言,结算部基于与赠送人ID关联的结算信息,如上所述地进行事先支付或事后支付的电子结算或现金结算等。允许标志是OFF的情况下(S244的否),进行销售价格的本人支付处理(S242)。When the donor ID is set (Yes in S240), the settlement unit of the server 400 determines whether or not the permission flag is ON (S244). When the permission flag is ON (Yes in S244), the settlement unit performs a donor payment process for the sales price (S246). Specifically, based on the settlement information associated with the donor ID, the settlement unit performs electronic settlement or cash settlement of prepayment or postpayment as described above. When the permission flag is OFF (No in S244), the personal payment process of the sales price is performed (S242).

此处示出了储存装置100的例子,但也可以将变形例11应用于其他储存体(例如储存房间、无人店铺或有人店铺等)。An example of the storage device 100 is shown here, but the modification 11 can be applied to other storage bodies (for example, a storage room, an unmanned store, a manned store, or the like).

[变形例12][Variation 12]

也可以是某一用户122在对于自己从储存装置100购买的商品中意的情况下,对其他用户122推荐并赠送同一商品104。以下,将赠送一方的用户122称为推荐赠送人,将受赠送一方的用户122称为推荐赠送对象。该例中,推荐赠送人是“山田太郎”,使用用户终端300a。推荐赠送对象是“野村花子”,使用用户终端300b。推荐赠送人与自己的购买历史关联地进行对推荐赠送对象推荐并赠送商品104用的操作。推荐赠送对象能够自己前去取出位于储存装置100中的同一商品104而接受赠送该商品。When a certain user 122 likes the product purchased from the storage device 100 , the user 122 may recommend and present the same product 104 to other users 122 . Hereinafter, the user 122 on the side of the gift is referred to as a recommended donor, and the user 122 on the side of the gift is referred to as a recommended gift target. In this example, the recommended donor is "Yamada Taro", and the user terminal 300a is used. The recommended recipient is "Hanako Nomura", and the user terminal 300b is used. The recommending giver performs an operation for recommending and presenting the product 104 to the recommended giving object in association with his own purchase history. It is recommended that the gift object can go to take out the same product 104 in the storage device 100 and accept the gift.

图46的(A)是门户画面的例子。(A) of FIG. 46 is an example of a portal screen.

从推荐赠送人的用户终端300a访问服务器400时,显示包括购买记录按钮的门户画面。推荐赠送人触摸购买记录按钮时,切换至购买记录画面。When accessing the server 400 from the user terminal 300a of the recommended donor, a portal screen including a purchase record button is displayed. When the recommended donor touches the purchase record button, it switches to the purchase record screen.

图46的(B)是购买记录画面的例子。(B) of FIG. 46 is an example of the purchase record screen.

在购买记录画面中显示推荐赠送人从储存装置100购买商品的记录。该例中,显示购买日期时间“×月×日×时×分”、储存名“楼A-F4”、购买商品名“ABC薯片”和购买金额“200日元”。购买记录画面包括推荐赠送对象的选择区域。推荐赠送人从已预先加为好友的用户122中选择推荐赠送对象。推荐赠送人触摸推荐赠送按钮时,对推荐赠送对象的用户终端300b发送推荐赠送通知。通知方法是推送通知、SNS的消息发送功能或电子邮件等。On the purchase record screen, a record of the recommended donor purchasing the product from the storage device 100 is displayed. In this example, the purchase date and time "×month×day×hour×minute", the storage name "Building A-F4", the purchase product name "ABC potato chips", and the purchase amount "200 yen" are displayed. The purchase record screen includes a selection area for recommending gift objects. The recommended donor selects the recommended gift object from the users 122 who have been added as friends in advance. When the recommender touches the recommendation button, a recommendation notification is sent to the user terminal 300b of the recommendation target. The notification method is a push notification, a message sending function of an SNS, an e-mail, or the like.

图46的(C)是推荐赠送通知的例子。(C) of FIG. 46 is an example of the recommendation notification.

在推荐赠送对象的用户终端300b上,通过推荐赠送通知显示“收到了山田太郎的推荐赠送。”这样的消息。On the user terminal 300b of the recommended gift object, a message such as "received a recommended gift from Yamada Taro." is displayed as a recommended gift notification.

图46的(D)是推荐赠送导览画面的例子。(D) of FIG. 46 is an example of a recommended gift guide screen.

推荐赠送对象能够从用户终端300b访问服务器400,确认推荐赠送。在推荐赠送导览画面中,显示推荐赠送的内容。该例中,显示推荐赠送人“山田太郎”、推荐商品名“ABC薯片”和库存储存名“楼A-F1”和“楼B-F1”。库存储存名示出了收容了推荐的商品的推荐赠送对象附近的储存装置100。推荐赠送对象触摸与库存储存名对应的确认按钮时,显示图11所示的储存确认画面。The recipient of the recommended gift can access the server 400 from the user terminal 300b to confirm the recommended gift. In the recommended gift guide screen, the contents of the recommended gift are displayed. In this example, the recommended donor "Yamada Taro", the recommended product name "ABC potato chips", and the inventory storage names "Building A-F1" and "Building B-F1" are displayed. The stock storage name indicates the storage device 100 near the recommended gift object in which the recommended product is stored. When the recommended gift object touches the confirmation button corresponding to the stock storage name, the storage confirmation screen shown in FIG. 11 is displayed.

推荐赠送对象参考推荐赠送导览画面,前往储存装置100处,从储存装置100取出推荐的商品时,费用由推荐赠送人支付。Referring to the recommended gift guide screen, the recommended gift object goes to the storage device 100, and when the recommended product is taken out from the storage device 100, the fee is paid by the recommended gift person.

用户终端300具有推荐赠送信息发送部(未图示)作为模块结构。The user terminal 300 has a recommended bonus information transmitting unit (not shown) as a module configuration.

推荐赠送信息发送部对服务器400发送包括推荐赠送对象的用户ID(以下称为“推荐赠送对象ID”)的推荐赠送信息。The recommended gift information transmitting unit transmits the recommended gift information including the user ID of the recommended gift target (hereinafter referred to as "recommended gift target ID") to the server 400 .

服务器400具有推荐赠送信息接收部(未图示)、推荐赠送表存储部(未图示)和储存搜索部(未图示)。The server 400 includes a recommended gift information receiving unit (not shown), a recommended gift table storage unit (not shown), and a storage search unit (not shown).

推荐赠送信息接收部从用户终端300接收推荐赠送信息。推荐赠送表存储部存储推荐赠送表。储存搜索部搜索接近用户122的位置的、收容了推荐的商品的储存装置100。The recommended bonus information receiving unit receives the recommended bonus information from the user terminal 300 . The recommended gift table storage unit stores a recommended gift table. The storage search unit searches for storage devices 100 that are close to the position of the user 122 and store recommended products.

对于具体的处理动作进行说明。推荐赠送人的用户终端300a的帐户信息发送部366对服务器400发送帐户信息(用户ID和密码)。A specific processing operation will be described. The account information transmitting unit 366 of the user terminal 300 a of the recommended donor transmits the account information (user ID and password) to the server 400 .

服务器400的帐户信息接收部479接收帐户信息时,服务器400的用户认证部443进行用户认证。用户认证成功时,服务器400的画面数据发送部462对用户终端300a发送门户画面的数据。When the account information receiving unit 479 of the server 400 receives the account information, the user authentication unit 443 of the server 400 performs user authentication. When the user authentication succeeds, the screen data transmitting unit 462 of the server 400 transmits the data of the portal screen to the user terminal 300a.

推荐赠送人的用户终端300a的画面数据接收部372接收门户画面的数据时,用户终端300a的画面输出部334显示门户画面。用户终端300a的操作接受部322接受购买记录按钮的触摸时,用户终端300a的事件发送部对服务器400发送购买记录画面的请求事件。When the screen data receiving unit 372 of the user terminal 300a of the recommender receives the data of the portal screen, the screen output unit 334 of the user terminal 300a displays the portal screen. When the operation reception unit 322 of the user terminal 300 a accepts the touch of the purchase record button, the event transmission unit of the user terminal 300 a transmits a request event for the purchase record screen to the server 400 .

服务器400的事件接收部接收购买记录画面的请求事件时,服务器400的画面数据发送部462对用户终端300a发送购买记录画面的数据。购买记录画面的数据包括已加为好友的用户122的姓名和用户ID。When the event reception unit of the server 400 receives the request event for the purchase record screen, the screen data transmission unit 462 of the server 400 transmits the data of the purchase record screen to the user terminal 300a. The data of the purchase record screen includes the name and user ID of the user 122 who has been added as a friend.

推荐赠送人的用户终端300a的画面数据接收部372接收购买记录画面的数据时,用户终端300a的画面输出部334显示购买记录画面。用户终端300a的操作接受部322显示已加为好友的用户122的姓名作为候选,接受推荐赠送对象的选择。然后,用户终端300a的操作接受部322接受推荐赠送按钮的触摸时,用户终端300a的推荐赠送信息发送部对服务器400发送包括推荐赠送对象ID的推荐赠送信息。When the screen data receiving unit 372 of the user terminal 300a of the recommender receives the data of the purchase record screen, the screen output unit 334 of the user terminal 300a displays the purchase record screen. The operation accepting unit 322 of the user terminal 300a displays the name of the user 122 who has been added as a friend as a candidate, and accepts the selection of a recommended gift object. Then, when the operation accepting unit 322 of the user terminal 300 a accepts the touch of the recommended gift button, the recommended gift information transmitting unit of the user terminal 300 a transmits the recommended gift information including the recommended gift object ID to the server 400 .

服务器400的推荐赠送信息接收部接收推荐赠送信息时,服务器400的推荐赠送信息登记部将接收到的推荐赠送信息登记在推荐赠送表中。When the recommended gift information receiving unit of the server 400 receives the recommended gift information, the recommended gift information registration unit of the server 400 registers the received recommended gift information in the recommended gift table.

图47是推荐赠送表的数据结构图。FIG. 47 is a data structure diagram of the recommended gift table.

推荐赠送表具有每个推荐赠送信息的记录。记录将推荐赠送人ID、推荐赠送对象ID和推荐商品ID关联。该例中,第一记录的推荐赠送人ID的US001是“山田太郎”的用户ID。同样,推荐赠送对象ID的US002是“野村花子”的用户ID。The recommended gift table has a record of each recommended gift information. The record associates the recommended donor ID, the recommended gift object ID, and the recommended product ID. In this example, US001 of the recommended donor ID of the first record is the user ID of "Yamada Taro". Similarly, US002 of the recommended gift object ID is the user ID of "Hanako Nomura".

接着,服务器400的通知发送部对推荐赠送对象的用户终端300b发送推荐赠送通知。Next, the notification transmission unit of the server 400 transmits a notification of the recommendation of the gift to the user terminal 300b of the recommended gift object.

推荐赠送对象的用户终端300b的通知接收部接收推荐赠送通知时,用户终端300b的消息显示部显示推荐赠送通知中设定的消息。When the notification receiving unit of the user terminal 300b that is the target of the recommended gift receives the notification of the recommended gift, the message display unit of the user terminal 300b displays the message set in the recommended gift notification.

之后,通过确认推荐赠送的推荐赠送对象的操作,用户终端300b的帐户信息发送部366对服务器400发送帐户信息(用户ID和密码)。After that, the account information transmitting unit 366 of the user terminal 300b transmits the account information (user ID and password) to the server 400 by the operation of confirming the recommended gift recipient to whom the gift is recommended.

服务器400的帐户信息接收部479接收帐户信息时,服务器400的用户认证部443进行用户认证。用户认证成功时,服务器400的储存搜索部搜索接近用户122的位置的、收容了推荐的商品的储存装置100。例如,以工作地点附近、或者住宅附近的储存装置100作为对象。或者,也可以取得由用户的终端计测的当前位置,选择其附近的储存装置100。服务器400的画面数据发送部462对用户终端300b发送推荐赠送导览画面的数据。对于推荐赠送导览画面的数据附加了储存确认画面的数据。When the account information receiving unit 479 of the server 400 receives the account information, the user authentication unit 443 of the server 400 performs user authentication. When the user authentication is successful, the storage search unit of the server 400 searches for the storage device 100 that is close to the position of the user 122 and stores the recommended product. For example, the storage device 100 near the workplace or near the house is targeted. Alternatively, the current position measured by the user's terminal may be acquired, and the storage device 100 in the vicinity may be selected. The screen data transmitting unit 462 of the server 400 transmits the data for recommending the presentation of the navigation screen to the user terminal 300b. The data of the storage confirmation screen is added to the data of the recommended gift guide screen.

用户终端300b的画面数据接收部372接收推荐赠送导览画面的数据时,用户终端300b的画面输出部334显示推荐赠送导览画面。用户终端300b的操作接受部322接受确认按钮的触摸时,用户终端300b的画面输出部334显示储存确认画面。When the screen data receiving unit 372 of the user terminal 300b receives the data of the recommended gift guide screen, the screen output unit 334 of the user terminal 300b displays the recommended gift guide screen. When the operation accepting unit 322 of the user terminal 300b accepts the touch of the confirmation button, the screen output unit 334 of the user terminal 300b displays a storage confirmation screen.

图48是表示结算处理的过程的流程图。FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing the procedure of settlement processing.

变形例12中作为基础的处理应用实施方式或变形例1~3等,进而进行以下所示的结算处理。结算处理对于销售额表(图16)的每条记录进行。销售额表中的用户ID示出了收取了商品的用户122。用户122接受了推荐赠送的情况下,该用户ID表示推荐赠送对象。即,用户ID有时相当于推荐赠送对象ID。The processing as the base in Modification 12 is applied to the embodiment or Modifications 1 to 3, etc., and the settlement processing shown below is further performed. The settlement process is performed for each record of the sales table (FIG. 16). The user ID in the sales table shows the user 122 who received the item. When the user 122 accepts the recommended gift, the user ID indicates the recommended gift object. That is, the user ID may correspond to the recommended gift object ID in some cases.

服务器400的结算部判断销售额表的用户ID是否相当于推荐赠送表中设定的某一推荐赠送对象ID(S250)。The settlement unit of the server 400 determines whether or not the user ID of the sales table corresponds to any recommended gift object ID set in the recommended gift table ( S250 ).

销售额表的用户ID不符合任何推荐赠送对象ID的情况下(S250的否),服务器400的结算部进行全额的本人支付处理(S252)。When the user ID of the sales table does not match any recommended gift object ID (No in S250 ), the settlement unit of the server 400 performs full personal payment processing ( S252 ).

销售额表的用户ID符合推荐赠送对象ID的情况下(S250的是),判断销售额表的商品ID是否与对应于推荐赠送对象ID的推荐商品ID一致(S254)。销售额表的商品ID与推荐商品ID不一致的情况下(S254的否),服务器400的结算部进行全额的本人支付处理(S252)。When the user ID of the sales table matches the recommended gift object ID (Yes in S250), it is determined whether the product ID of the sales table matches the recommended product ID corresponding to the recommended gift object ID (S254). When the product ID of the sales table does not match the recommended product ID (No in S254 ), the settlement unit of the server 400 performs the full amount of the personal payment process ( S252 ).

另一方面,销售额表的商品ID与推荐商品ID一致的情况下(S254的是),服务器400的结算部进行推荐赠送人支付处理(S256)。具体而言,结算部基于与推荐赠送人ID关联的结算信息,如上所述地进行事先支付或事后支付的电子结算或现金结算等。然后,结算部将推荐赠送对象和推荐的商品与销售额表的记录一致的推荐赠送信息删除(S258)。On the other hand, when the product ID of the sales table matches the recommended product ID (Yes in S254), the settlement unit of the server 400 performs the recommended donor payment process (S256). Specifically, the settlement unit performs electronic settlement or cash settlement of prepayment or postpayment as described above, based on the settlement information associated with the recommended donor ID. Then, the settlement unit deletes the recommended gift information in which the recommended gift object and the recommended product match the records in the sales table ( S258 ).

图48所示的结算处理的例子中,对于推荐的商品以外的商品104,由购买的用户122(本人)支付。即,变形例12中,不能接受赠送推荐的商品以外的商品104。但是,也可以将可以在设定金额内接受赠送的变形例10的处理应用于变形例12,使得可以接受赠送推荐的商品以外的商品104。例如,也可以是在图46中说明的例子中,即使在用户122购买“ABC薯片”以外的商品104的情况下,也可以至多ABC薯片的价格“200日元”地接受赠送任意的商品104。In the example of the settlement process shown in FIG. 48 , the purchaser 122 (the person) pays for the product 104 other than the recommended product. That is, in Modification 12, it is not possible to accept gifts 104 of products other than the recommended products. However, the processing of the modification 10 in which the gift can be accepted within the set amount may be applied to the modification 12, so that the product 104 other than the recommended product can be accepted as a gift. For example, in the example described in FIG. 46 , even when the user 122 purchases the product 104 other than “ABC potato chips”, it is possible to receive an arbitrary gift at the price of “ABC potato chips” at most “200 yen”. Commodity 104.

对于将变形例10的处理应用于变形例12的具体例进行说明。作为用户界面,进行变形例12的图46中说明的用户终端300的操作处理。显示上作为商品104推荐了“ABC薯片”,但作为赠送条件,表示设定与“ABC薯片”的价格“200日元”等额的赠送金额。因此,在变形例10的图41中说明的赠送金额设定表中追加记录。该例中,设置了赠送人ID是US001(“山田太郎”)、赠送对象ID是US002(“野村花子”)、赠送金额是200日元(“ABC薯片”的价格)、使用金额是0日元的记录。然后,进行变形例10的图42中说明的结算处理。这样,即使在赠送对象(“野村花子”)购买推荐的商品“ABC薯片”以外的商品104的情况下,赠送人(“山田太郎”)也在与“ABC薯片”等额的200日元的范围内支付。A specific example in which the processing of the modification 10 is applied to the modification 12 will be described. As the user interface, the operation processing of the user terminal 300 described with reference to FIG. 46 of Modification 12 is performed. On the display, "ABC potato chips" is recommended as the product 104, but as a gift condition, it is indicated that a gift amount equal to the price "200 yen" of the "ABC potato chips" is set. Therefore, a record is added to the bonus amount setting table described in FIG. 41 of the tenth modification. In this example, the donor ID is US001 ("Yamada Taro"), the gift object ID is US002 ("Nomura Hanako"), the gift amount is 200 yen (the price of "ABC potato chips"), and the usage amount is 0 Yen records. Then, the settlement process described in FIG. 42 of Modification 10 is performed. In this way, even when the gift recipient (“Nomura Hanako”) purchases the product 104 other than the recommended product “ABC potato chips”, the donor (“Yamada Taro”) will receive 200 yen equal to the “ABC potato chips” payment within the range.

以上示出了将与购买的商品相同的商品作为推荐的商品的例子,但也可以将与购买的商品类似的商品作为推荐的商品。商品的类似关系是预先设定的。The above shows an example in which the same product as the purchased product is used as the recommended product, but the product similar to the purchased product may be used as the recommended product. The similarity relationship of commodities is preset.

另外,服务器400可以在用户122附近的储存装置100中推荐的商品缺货的情况下,对用户终端300发送推荐位于该储存装置100内的商品104中的、推荐的商品以外的商品104(例如与推荐的商品相同种类或类似的商品104等)的通知。此时,服务器400可以选择与推荐的商品等额或其以下的价格的商品进行推荐。In addition, the server 400 may send recommended products 104 other than the recommended products among the products 104 located in the storage device 100 to the user terminal 300 when the recommended products in the storage device 100 near the user 122 are out of stock (for example, Notification of products 104 of the same type or similar to the recommended product, etc.). At this time, the server 400 may select and recommend a product with a price equal to or less than the recommended product.

此处示出了储存装置100的例子,但也可以将变形例12应用于其他储存体(例如储存房间、无人店铺或有人店铺等)。An example of the storage device 100 is shown here, but the modification 12 can be applied to other storage bodies (eg, storage rooms, unmanned stores, manned stores, etc.).

[变形例13][Variation 13]

实施方式中叙述的“储存内商品的事前购买方式”的情况下,用户122从储存装置100中收容的多种商品104中,取出事前购买的商品104。另外,变形例1中叙述的“储存内商品的事前预约方式”的情况下,用户122从储存装置100中收容的多种商品104中,取出事前预约的商品104。但是,也存在用户122错误地进行了应当取出哪一个商品104的判断的情况。In the case of the "pre-purchase method of products in storage" described in the embodiment, the user 122 takes out the pre-purchased product 104 from among the plurality of kinds of products 104 stored in the storage device 100 . In addition, in the case of the "pre-reservation method for products in storage" described in Modification 1, the user 122 takes out the pre-reserved product 104 from among the plurality of products 104 stored in the storage device 100 . However, there are cases where the user 122 erroneously judges which item 104 should be taken out.

另外,变形例2和变形例3中叙述的“储存内商品的任意购买方式”的情况下,用户122能够从储存装置100中收容的多种商品104中,取出任意的商品104。但是,与“储存内商品的事前购买方式”或“储存内商品的事前预约方式”一同实现的情况下,设想为储存装置100中包括他人事前购买或事前预约的商品。这样的事例下,“储存内商品的任意购买方式”的用户122不能取出他人事前购买或事前预约的商品104。In addition, in the case of the "arbitrary purchase method of goods in storage" described in Modifications 2 and 3, the user 122 can take out any commodity 104 from among the plurality of commodities 104 stored in the storage device 100 . However, when implemented together with the "pre-purchase method of in-store products" or the "pre-reservation method of in-store products", it is assumed that the storage device 100 includes pre-purchased or pre-reserved products by others. In such a case, the user 122 of the "arbitrary purchase method of the item in storage" cannot take out the item 104 purchased or reserved in advance by others.

变形例13中,这样的“储存内商品的事前购买方式”下的用户122能够容易地判别事前购买的商品,“储存内商品的事前预约方式”下的用户122能够容易地判别事前预约的商品。另外,“储存内商品的任意购买方式”的用户122能够容易地判别除去他人的事前购买商品和事前预约商品之外的商品104。In Modification 13, the user 122 in the "pre-purchase method for products in stock" can easily identify the pre-purchased commodity, and the user 122 in the "pre-reservation method for in-stock commodity" can easily discriminate the pre-ordered commodity. . In addition, the user 122 of the "arbitrary purchase method of the item in storage" can easily identify the item 104 other than the item purchased in advance and the item reserved in advance by others.

具体而言,对用户122应当取出的自己的事前购买商品或自己的事前预约商品进行照明而使其易于判别。另外,对进行任意购买的用户122可以取出的商品104进行照明而使其易于判别。Specifically, the user 122 illuminates his own pre-purchased product or his own pre-ordered product to make it easier to discriminate. In addition, the commodity 104 that can be taken out by the user 122 who makes an arbitrary purchase is illuminated to facilitate identification.

图49是储存装置100的货架的结构图。FIG. 49 is a configuration diagram of a shelf of the storage device 100 .

货架空间的下方的平面(底面)是商品104的设置面,被分割为多个区域900。以店员在1个区域900内设置1个商品104的方式应用。The flat surface (bottom surface) below the shelf space is the installation surface of the commodity 104 , and is divided into a plurality of areas 900 . It is applied so that a store clerk places one product 104 in one area 900 .

该例中,在6个区域900a~900f中,分别设置了商品104a~100f。通过对用摄像机110拍摄货架空间的下方得到的影像进行图像分析而识别区域900a~900f与商品104a~104f的对应关系。图像分析例如是读取条形码或二维条形码、或者基于商品的外观的模式匹配等。In this example, in the six areas 900a to 900f, commodities 104a to 100f are installed, respectively. The correspondence between the areas 900a to 900f and the commodities 104a to 104f is recognized by performing image analysis on a video imaged by the camera 110 below the shelf space. Image analysis is, for example, reading barcodes or two-dimensional barcodes, or pattern matching based on the appearance of commodities.

在货架空间的上方的平面(顶面)上,在与多个区域900分别对向的位置设置了灯902。该例中,在与6个区域900a~900f对向的位置设置了灯902a~900f。而且,灯902a~902f能够分别向相对的区域900a~900f照射可见光。由此对要求的商品104照明。多个货架都具有同样的结构。Lamps 902 are provided at positions facing each of the plurality of areas 900 on a plane (top surface) above the shelf space. In this example, lamps 902a to 900f are provided at positions facing the six regions 900a to 900f. Moreover, the lamps 902a to 902f can irradiate visible light to the opposing regions 900a to 900f, respectively. The desired commodity 104 is thus illuminated. Multiple shelves have the same structure.

图50是商品配置表的数据结构图。Fig. 50 is a data structure diagram of a commodity arrangement table.

对于通过图像分析识别的区域900a~900f与商品104a~104f的对应关系,用储存装置100的计算机200中设置的商品配置表存储部进行存储。商品配置表具有收容的每个商品104的记录。记录将商品ID、货架ID和区域ID关联。商品104的设置场所用货架ID和区域ID来确定。另外,根据货架ID和区域ID确定对该商品照明的灯902。该例中着眼于1个货架的商品,但对于其他货架的商品也同样地处理。The correspondence between the areas 900 a to 900 f identified by the image analysis and the commodities 104 a to 104 f is stored in the commodity arrangement table storage unit provided in the computer 200 of the storage device 100 . The commodity allocation table has a record for each commodity 104 contained. The record associates the item ID, shelf ID, and area ID. The installation place of the commodity 104 is specified by the rack ID and the area ID. In addition, the lamp 902 that illuminates the commodity is determined based on the shelf ID and the area ID. This example focuses on the products on one shelf, but the same applies to the products on other shelves.

关于事前购买商品和事前预约商品的信息,用服务器400进行管理。服务器400能够对储存装置100发送事前购买商品和事前预约商品的信息,判断在储存装置100中使哪一个灯902点亮。The server 400 manages the information on the pre-purchased products and the pre-reserved products. The server 400 can transmit the information of the pre-purchased product and the pre-ordered product to the storage device 100 , and can determine which lamp 902 is to be turned on in the storage device 100 .

图51是包括从服务器400对储存装置100发送购买的商品的ID的步骤的序列图。FIG. 51 is a sequence diagram including a step of transmitting the ID of the purchased commodity from the server 400 to the storage device 100 .

图51是以“储存内商品的事前购买方式”的图20作为基础的。对于与图20的不同点进行说明。直到S56的处理与图20的情况是同样的。在S58中,票据发送部464对用户终端300发送电子票据。Fig. 51 is based on Fig. 20 of "Pre-purchase method of goods in stock". Differences from FIG. 20 will be described. The processing up to S56 is the same as in the case of FIG. 20 . In S58 , the receipt transmitting unit 464 transmits the electronic receipt to the user terminal 300 .

追加S260的处理。在S260中,票据发送部464对储存装置100a发送电子票据的数据和购买的商品的ID。在代替图20的S60的S262中,储存装置100a的计算机200的票据列表管理部252将接收到的电子票据的数据和购买的商品的ID追加至票据列表。S62以后的处理与图20的情况是同样的。The process of S260 is added. In S260, the receipt transmitting unit 464 transmits the data of the electronic receipt and the ID of the purchased product to the storage device 100a. In S262 in place of S60 in FIG. 20 , the receipt list management unit 252 of the computer 200 of the storage device 100a adds the data of the received electronic receipt and the ID of the purchased product to the receipt list. The processing after S62 is the same as that in the case of FIG. 20 .

在“储存内商品的事前预约方式”的情况下,票据发送部464对储存装置100a发送电子票据的数据和预约的商品的ID。储存装置100a的计算机200的票据列表管理部252将接收到的电子票据的数据和预约的商品的ID追加至票据列表。In the case of the "pre-reservation method for products in storage", the receipt transmitting unit 464 transmits the data of the electronic receipt and the ID of the reserved product to the storage device 100a. The receipt list management unit 252 of the computer 200 of the storage device 100a adds the received data of the electronic receipt and the ID of the reserved product to the receipt list.

在“储存内商品的任意购买方式”的情况下,票据发送部464对储存装置100a仅发送电子票据的数据。储存装置100a的计算机200的票据列表管理部252仅将接收到的电子票据的数据追加至票据列表。In the case of the "optional purchase method of the commodity in storage", the receipt transmitting unit 464 transmits only the data of the electronic receipt to the storage device 100a. The receipt list management unit 252 of the computer 200 of the storage device 100a adds only the data of the received electronic receipt to the receipt list.

图52是变形例13中的票据列表的数据结构图。FIG. 52 is a data structure diagram of a ticket list in Modification 13. FIG.

票据列表具有每个电子票据的记录。记录将电子票据的数据、购买的商品的ID和预约的商品的ID关联。在“储存内商品的事前购买方式”的情况下,与电子票据的数据关联地设定购买的商品的ID。在“储存内商品的事前预约方式”的情况下,与电子票据的数据关联地设定预约的商品的ID。在“储存内商品的任意购买方式”的情况下,设定电子票据的数据,不设定购买的商品的ID和预约的商品的ID。The ticket list has a record for each electronic ticket. The record associates the data of the electronic ticket, the ID of the purchased product, and the ID of the reserved product. In the case of the "pre-purchase method of the commodity in storage", the ID of the commodity to be purchased is set in association with the data of the electronic receipt. In the case of the "pre-reservation method for items in stock", the ID of the item to be reserved is set in association with the data of the electronic receipt. In the case of the "optional purchase method of the stored product", the data of the electronic receipt is set, and the ID of the purchased product and the ID of the reserved product are not set.

图53是表示变形例13中的储存装置100的动作过程的流程图。FIG. 53 is a flowchart showing an operation procedure of the storage device 100 in the thirteenth modification.

储存装置100的计算机200具有照明控制部(未图示)和指导声音输出部(未图示)作为模块结构。The computer 200 of the storage device 100 has a lighting control unit (not shown) and a guidance sound output unit (not shown) as a module structure.

照明控制部进行关于灯902的点亮和熄灭的控制。指导声音输出部输出指导声音。The lighting control unit performs control on lighting and extinguishing of the lamps 902 . The guidance sound output unit outputs guidance sound.

图53是以图4为基础的。此处,对于与图4的不同点进行说明。直到S14的处理与图4的情况是同样的。FIG. 53 is based on FIG. 4 . Here, differences from FIG. 4 will be described. The processing up to S14 is the same as in the case of FIG. 4 .

追加S270的处理。商品检测部244确定检测出的商品的配置场所。具体而言,确定货架ID和区域ID。将确定出的货架ID和区域ID设定在商品配置表(图50)中。The process of S270 is added. The commodity detection unit 244 specifies an arrangement place of the detected commodity. Specifically, the rack ID and the area ID are determined. The identified rack ID and area ID are set in the product arrangement table (FIG. 50).

追加S272的处理。储存装置100的计算机200的照明控制部确定作为进行照明的对象的商品104。具体而言,照明控制部在对S12中进行了认证的电子票据关联了购买的商品的ID的情况下,用购买的商品的ID确定照明对象。在对S12中进行了认证的电子票据关联了预约的商品的ID的情况下,照明控制部用预约的商品的ID确定照明对象。在对S12中进行了认证的电子票据既没有关联购买的商品的ID也没有关联预约的商品的ID的情况下,照明控制部将储存内商品列表(图14)的商品ID中的、与票据列表中包括的购买的商品的ID和预约的商品的ID都不符合的商品ID作为照明对象。The process of S272 is added. The lighting control unit of the computer 200 of the storage device 100 specifies the commodity 104 to be illuminated. Specifically, when the ID of the purchased product is associated with the electronic receipt authenticated in S12, the lighting control unit specifies the lighting target using the ID of the purchased product. When the ID of the reserved product is associated with the electronic receipt authenticated in S12, the lighting control unit specifies the lighting target using the ID of the reserved product. When the electronic receipt authenticated in S12 has neither the ID of the purchased product nor the ID of the reserved product, the lighting control unit associates the receipt with the product ID in the product list in the store ( FIG. 14 ). The item ID for which neither the ID of the purchased item nor the ID of the reserved item included in the list matches is used as the illumination object.

在S18中检测出开门时,照明控制部使由与照明对象的商品ID对应的货架ID和区域ID确定的灯902点亮。此时,储存装置100的指导声音输出部使扬声器116输出指导声音(S276)。对电子票据关联了购买的商品的ID或预约的商品的ID的情况下,例如输出“请取出被照亮的商品。”这样的指导声音。在对电子票据既没有关联购买的商品的ID也没有关联预约的商品的ID的情况下,例如输出“请从被照亮的商品中选择。”这样的指导声音。When the door is detected in S18, the lighting control unit turns on the lamp 902 specified by the shelf ID and the area ID corresponding to the product ID of the lighting target. At this time, the guidance sound output unit of the storage device 100 causes the speaker 116 to output guidance sound (S276). When the ID of the purchased product or the ID of the reserved product is associated with the electronic receipt, for example, a guidance voice such as "Please take out the illuminated product." is output. When neither the ID of the purchased product nor the ID of the reserved product is associated with the electronic receipt, for example, a guidance voice such as "Please select from illuminated products." is output.

在S20中检测出关门时,照明控制部使此前点亮的灯902熄灭。S22以后的处理与图4的情况是同样的。When door closing is detected in S20, the lighting control unit turns off the lamp 902 that was turned on until now. The processing after S22 is the same as in the case of FIG. 4 .

灯902可以具有变更照射光的方向的功能。照明控制部可以使灯902的方向朝向照明对象的商品104所在的区域地照射光。The lamp 902 may have a function of changing the direction of irradiated light. The lighting control unit may irradiate light with the direction of the lamp 902 toward the area where the commodity 104 to be illuminated is located.

此处示出了储存装置100的例子,但也可以将变形例13应用于其他储存体(例如储存房间、无人店铺或有人店铺等)。An example of the storage device 100 is shown here, but the modification 13 may be applied to other storage bodies (eg, storage rooms, unmanned stores, manned stores, etc.).

[变形例14][Variation 14]

也可以将储存装置100搭载在机动车上,使其能够移动。另外,也可以在服务器400中,对以上叙述的安装型的储存装置100和变形例14中叙述的移动型的储存装置100中的库存一并地进行管理,使其有助于动态的商品配置。The storage device 100 may be mounted on a motor vehicle so as to be movable. In addition, the server 400 may also manage the inventory in the above-described installation-type storage device 100 and the mobile-type storage device 100 described in Modification 14 collectively to facilitate dynamic product placement. .

另外,可以用搭载了移动型的储存装置100的储存搭载车910对用户122交付商品,也可以对安装型的储存装置100配送商品。也可以使商品104在移动型的储存装置100之间交换。In addition, the product may be delivered to the user 122 by the storage vehicle 910 in which the mobile storage device 100 is mounted, or the product may be delivered to the installable storage device 100 . The commodity 104 may also be exchanged between the portable storage devices 100 .

图54是变形例14中的储存搭载车910的结构图。FIG. 54 is a configuration diagram of a storage vehicle 910 in Modification 14. As shown in FIG.

在储存搭载车910中搭载了移动型的储存装置100。移动型的储存装置100在上述计算机200和摄像机110之外,也包括GPS(全球定位系统)装置912、移动无线通信装置914和近距离无线通信装置916。GPS装置912是用于计测移动型的储存装置100的当前位置的当前位置计测装置的例子。移动无线通信装置914用于与服务器400的通信。近距离无线通信装置916用于与兼任驾驶员的作业员使用的耳麦918和监视器920的通信。The mobile storage device 100 is mounted on the storage vehicle 910 . The portable storage device 100 includes a GPS (Global Positioning System) device 912 , a mobile wireless communication device 914 , and a short-range wireless communication device 916 in addition to the computer 200 and the camera 110 described above. The GPS device 912 is an example of a current position measuring device for measuring the current position of the mobile storage device 100 . Mobile wireless communication device 914 is used for communication with server 400 . The short-range wireless communication device 916 is used for communication with the headset 918 and the monitor 920 used by the operator who is also the driver.

储存搭载车910的计算机200具有位置通知部(未图示)和库存列表发送部(未图示)。The computer 200 that stores the mounted vehicle 910 includes a position notification unit (not shown) and an inventory list transmission unit (not shown).

位置通知部对服务器400通知用GPS装置912计测出的当前位置。如实施方式中所说明,服务器400对储存内商品列表进行管理,但也可以从移动型的储存装置100对服务器400发送储存装置100中收纳的商品的库存列表。为此,商品检测部244检测当前时刻在内部收容的商品104,库存列表发送部对服务器400发送检测出的商品104的商品ID。库存列表发送部可以与储存装置100的当前位置一同地将库存列表同时发送至服务器400。如果同时发送,则不存在当前位置与库存列表的时间上的偏差,所以能够更准确地得知商品104的位置。关于当前位置的通知和库存列表的发送,安装型的储存装置100也可以以同样的结构同样地动作。The position notification unit notifies the server 400 of the current position measured by the GPS device 912 . As described in the embodiment, the server 400 manages the stored commodity list, but the inventory list of commodities stored in the storage device 100 may be transmitted from the mobile storage device 100 to the server 400 . For this purpose, the commodity detection unit 244 detects the commodity 104 currently stored therein, and the inventory list transmission unit transmits the commodity ID of the detected commodity 104 to the server 400 . The inventory list transmitting unit may simultaneously transmit the inventory list to the server 400 together with the current position of the storage device 100 . If they are sent at the same time, there is no time difference between the current position and the inventory list, so the position of the commodity 104 can be known more accurately. Regarding the notification of the current position and the transmission of the inventory list, the mountable storage device 100 can also operate in the same manner with the same configuration.

服务器400具有库存管理部(未图示)。库存管理者能够基于由服务器400的库存管理部管理的各储存装置100库存列表,得知安装型的储存装置100的库存状况和移动型的储存装置100的库存状况。在对作业员进行关于商品104的移动和储存装置100中的商品104的取放的指示的情况下,能够从服务器400对移动型的储存装置100发送作业指示。用移动型的储存装置100接收的指示经由近距离无线通信装置916从耳麦918和监视器920的一方或双方输出。利用声音的指示从耳麦918输出,利用画面显示的指示对监视器920输出。作业员的回应通过声音输入至耳麦918,经由移动无线通信装置914发送至服务器400。根据该结构,储存搭载车910中不需要具有GPS装置和通信装置。从而,可以用作储存搭载车910的机动车是任意的。另外,无需在服务器400中对移动型的储存装置100与储存搭载车910的关联进行管理。由此,实现系统和管理耗费的成本的减小。The server 400 has an inventory management unit (not shown). The inventory manager can know the inventory status of the mountable storage device 100 and the inventory status of the mobile storage device 100 based on the inventory list of each storage device 100 managed by the inventory management unit of the server 400 . When instructing the operator to move the commodity 104 and take in and place the commodity 104 in the storage device 100 , a work instruction can be transmitted from the server 400 to the mobile storage device 100 . The instruction received by the portable storage device 100 is output from one or both of the headset 918 and the monitor 920 via the short-range wireless communication device 916 . An instruction by sound is output from the headset 918 , and an instruction by a screen display is output to the monitor 920 . The operator's response is input to the headset 918 by voice and sent to the server 400 via the mobile wireless communication device 914 . According to this configuration, the storage vehicle 910 does not need to have a GPS device and a communication device. Therefore, the motor vehicle that can be used as the storage vehicle 910 is arbitrary. In addition, the server 400 does not need to manage the relationship between the mobile storage device 100 and the storage-mounted vehicle 910 . As a result, a reduction in the cost of the system and management costs is achieved.

图55是表示变形例14中的储存搭载车910的应用例的图。图55的(A)是表示停车并交付商品的状况的图。FIG. 55 is a diagram showing an application example of the storage vehicle 910 in Modification 14. As shown in FIG. FIG. 55(A) is a diagram showing a situation in which the product is parked and delivered.

作业员能够使储存搭载车910在安全的泊车空间停车,使用户122取出储存装置100内的商品。此时,不存在作业员交付商品的作业,所以作业员可以保持坐在驾驶座上的状态。从而,作业员能够注意周边的交通状况和安全。The operator can park the storage vehicle 910 in a safe parking space and cause the user 122 to take out the commodity in the storage device 100 . At this time, there is no work for the operator to deliver the product, so the operator can keep sitting on the driver's seat. Therefore, the operator can pay attention to the surrounding traffic conditions and safety.

图55的(B)是表示对安装型的储存装置100提供商品的状况的图。(B) of FIG. 55 is a diagram showing a situation in which a commodity is provided to the mountable storage device 100 .

作业员判断或者服务器400的库存管理部自动地判断为在某一栋楼内设置的安装型的储存装置100x中发生了商品A的库存不足的情况下,在服务器400的库存管理部中,调查不足的商品A的库存状况。该例中,库存管理部判断为位于发生了库存不足的储存装置100x的附近的移动型的储存装置100b中存在商品A。然后,对于移动型的储存装置100b,发送前往储存装置100x处补充商品A的指示。另外,图中的储存装置100a不具有不足的商品A,所以不是指示的对象。When the operator determines or the inventory management unit of the server 400 automatically determines that the inventory of the commodity A is insufficient in the installation-type storage device 100x installed in a certain building, the inventory management unit of the server 400 investigates Insufficient stock status of item A. In this example, the inventory management unit determines that the commodity A exists in the mobile storage device 100b located in the vicinity of the storage device 100x in which the inventory shortage occurred. Then, an instruction to replenish the commodity A at the storage device 100x is sent to the mobile storage device 100b. In addition, since the storage device 100a in the figure does not have insufficient commodity A, it is not the target of instruction.

图55的(C)是表示使商品104在安装型的储存装置100之间移动的状况的图。(C) of FIG. 55 is a diagram showing a state in which the commodity 104 is moved between the mountable storage devices 100 .

与图55的(B)的情况同样地,作业员判断或者服务器400的库存管理部自动地判断为在某一栋楼内设置的安装型的储存装置100x中发生了商品A的库存不足的情况下,在服务器400的库存管理部中,调查不足的商品A的库存。该例中,库存管理部判断为位于发生了库存不足的储存装置100x的附近的安装型的储存装置100y中存在商品A。然后,对于位于储存装置100y的附近的移动型的储存装置100,发送前往储存装置100y处收取商品A、并前往储存装置100x处补充商品A的指示。As in the case of (B) of FIG. 55 , the operator determines or the inventory management unit of the server 400 automatically determines that the inventory of the commodity A is insufficient in the mountable storage device 100x installed in a certain building. Next, in the inventory management unit of the server 400, the inventory of the commodity A that is insufficient is checked. In this example, the inventory management unit determines that the commodity A exists in the mountable storage device 100y located in the vicinity of the storage device 100x in which the inventory shortage occurred. Then, to the mobile storage device 100 located in the vicinity of the storage device 100y, an instruction to go to the storage device 100y to collect the commodity A and to go to the storage device 100x to replenish the commodity A is sent.

此外,也可以判断移动型的储存装置100中的库存不足,对该储存装置100或其他移动型的储存装置100指示进行应对。In addition, it may be judged that the inventory in the mobile storage device 100 is insufficient, and an instruction to the storage device 100 or another mobile storage device 100 may be responded to.

可以在图10所示的储存配置画面中,追踪地显示移动型的储存装置100的移动位置。另外,关于移动型的储存装置100,也可以使其能够以作为实施方式或变形例叙述的方式购买商品。关于移动型的储存装置100,也可以显示图12所示的商品购买画面。On the storage configuration screen shown in FIG. 10 , the moving position of the mobile storage device 100 can be displayed in a tracking manner. In addition, regarding the portable storage device 100, it is also possible to make it possible to purchase goods as described in the embodiment or the modification. Regarding the portable storage device 100 , the product purchase screen shown in FIG. 12 may be displayed.

这样,库存管理部可以对安装型和移动型的储存装置100中收容的物品的库存进行管理,并且进行库存不足的判断和补充商品的指示。如果着眼于库存管理的方面,则也可以以在储存搭载车910中设置GPS装置和移动无线通信装置的方式实施。In this way, the inventory management unit can manage the inventory of items stored in the storage device 100 of the mountable type and the mobile type, and can determine the shortage of inventory and instruct the replenishment of items. If attention is paid to the aspect of inventory management, it may be implemented by installing a GPS device and a mobile wireless communication device in the storage vehicle 910 .

此处示出了储存装置100的例子,但也可以将变形例14应用于其他储存体(例如储存房间、无人店铺或有人店铺等)。An example of the storage device 100 is shown here, but the modification 14 can be applied to other storage bodies (for example, a storage room, an unmanned store, a manned store, or the like).

[变形例15][Variation 15]

也可以由多个业者共用储存装置100,使得能够在同一储存装置100中设置各业者涉及的商品104。即,也可以将储存装置100内的收容商品的空间出借给业者。该例中,按每一天以货架单位从各业者受理出借预约。借取空间的业者不限于零售业者,也可以是批发业者或制造业者等。The storage device 100 may be shared by a plurality of manufacturers, so that the commodities 104 related to the respective manufacturers can be installed in the same storage device 100 . That is, the space for storing the commodity in the storage device 100 may be lent to a supplier. In this example, a rental reservation is received from each manufacturer in units of shelves for each day. The business that borrows space is not limited to a retail business, and may be a wholesale business or a manufacturer.

图56的(A)是出借货架的预约申请画面图。(A) of FIG. 56 is a screen view of a reservation application for a rental rack.

该例中,出借的空间以货架为单位。在预约申请画面中,显示由出借货架与日期的组合指定的预约档位。在已经由某一业者决定预约的预约档位中显示“已预约”。在尚未决定预约的预约档位中显示“空闲”。业者的操作者自己从终端访问服务器400而使其显示出借货架的预约申请画面,触摸要求的“空闲”的预约档位。在选择的“空闲”的预约档位中,显示粗线框。也可以选择多个“空闲”的预约档位。在该状态下,业者的操作者触摸预约申请按钮时,对选择的“空闲”的预约档位的出借进行预约。业者能够在预约的预约档位的日期使用该货架。In this example, the space lent is in units of racks. On the reservation application screen, the reserved slot designated by the combination of the rental rack and the date is displayed. "Reserved" is displayed in the reserved stalls that have been reserved by a certain vendor. "Free" is displayed in the reserved slot for which the reservation has not yet been decided. The operator of the manufacturer himself accesses the server 400 from the terminal to display the reservation application screen for lending the rack, and touches the requested "vacant" reservation slot. In the selected "vacant" reserved stall, a thick line frame is displayed. It is also possible to select multiple "vacant" reservation stalls. In this state, when the operator of the vendor touches the reservation application button, he makes a reservation for the rental of the selected "vacant" reservation slot. The operator can use the rack on the date of the reserved reserved stall.

图56的(B)是出借货架预约表的数据结构图。(B) of FIG. 56 is a data structure diagram of the rental shelf reservation table.

出借货架预约表具有每个日期的记录。记录具有对于每个出借货架设定业者ID的字段。字段的初始值是“空闲”。受理预约时,在相当于预约档位的字段中设定进行了预约的业者的业者ID。The Lending Shelf Reservation Form has a record for each date. The record has a field in which a vendor ID is set for each rental rack. The initial value of the field is "idle". When accepting a reservation, the company ID of the company who made the reservation is set in the field corresponding to the reservation slot.

服务器400具有存储出借货架预约表的出借货架预约表存储部。另外,服务器400具有对业者的终端发送出借货架的预约申请画面的数据的画面数据发送部462,和从业者的终端受理指定预约档位(日期和出借货架)的预约申请、在出借货架预约表的相当于预约档位的字段中设定进行了申请的业者的业者ID的预约受理部,和与预约的预约档位的数量相应地计算出借费用、对使用者即业者收费的收费部。出借费用例如对预约的预约档位乘以1个档位的出借单价而计算。其中,预约受理部和收费部是对储存装置100的收容空间的出借进行管理的出借管理部的一部分。The server 400 has a rental rack reservation table storage unit that stores a rental rack reservation table. In addition, the server 400 has a screen data transmission unit 462 that transmits data of the reservation application screen of the rental rack to the terminal of the operator, and the terminal of the operator accepts the reservation application of the designated reservation slot (date and rack to be rented), and records the reservation table of the rental rack in the terminal of the operator. The reservation accepting unit that sets the company ID of the company who applied for the reservation in the field corresponding to the reservation bay of the , and the charging unit that calculates the rental fee according to the number of reserved reservation bays and charges the user, the company. The rental fee is calculated, for example, by multiplying the reserved reserved stall by the rental unit price of one stall. Among them, the reservation accepting unit and the billing unit are part of the lending management unit that manages the lending of the storage space of the storage device 100 .

出借单价也可以通过拍卖而决定。该情况下,服务器400具有从业者的终端接受借取价格的提示的借取价格接受部。然后,预约受理部在关于同一预约档位从多个业者受理了预约申请的情况下,使提示的借取价格最高的业者的预约成立。另外,收费部对使用者即业者按该业者提示的借取价格收费。The unit price of the loan can also be determined by auction. In this case, the server 400 has a borrowing price accepting unit that receives the presentation of the borrowing price in the terminal of the practitioner. Then, when the reservation acceptance unit has accepted reservation applications from a plurality of vendors with respect to the same reservation bay, the reservation acceptance unit establishes the reservation of the vendor with the highest borrowing price presented. In addition, the charging unit charges the user, that is, the supplier, at the borrowing price presented by the supplier.

此处示出了储存装置100的例子,但也可以将变形例15应用于其他储存体(例如储存房间、无人店铺或有人店铺等)。An example of the storage device 100 is shown here, but the modification 15 can be applied to other storage bodies (for example, a storage room, an unmanned store, a manned store, or the like).

[变形例16][Variation 16]

也可以作为由多个业者共用储存装置100的方式,不通过预约,而是在申请使用的时刻将空闲的收容空间出借给业者。As a method of sharing the storage device 100 by a plurality of manufacturers, it is also possible to lend the vacant storage space to the manufacturer at the time of application for use without making a reservation.

图57是出借区域的使用申请画面图。FIG. 57 is a screen diagram of the application for use of the loan area.

该例中,出借的空间是以各货架的各区域900为单位的。将该单位称为出借区域。该例中,在1个货架上设置了4个出借区域。在预约申请画面中显示用货架和区域900指定的使用档位。在正在由某一业者使用的使用档位中显示“使用中”。在没有被任何业者使用的使用档位中显示“空闲”。业者的操作者自己从终端访问服务器400而使其显示出借区域的使用申请画面,并触摸要求的“空闲”的使用档位。在选择的“空闲”的使用档位中,显示粗线框。也可以选择多个“空闲”的使用档位。在该状态下,业者的操作者触摸使用申请按钮时,由选择的“空闲”的使用档位指定的出借区域的使用开始。业者能够从该时刻起使用出借区域,自由地设置商品。In this example, the lent space is in units of each area 900 of each shelf. This unit is called the Lending Area. In this example, four lending areas are provided on one shelf. The usage bay designated by the rack and area 900 is displayed on the reservation application screen. "In use" is displayed in the use stage that is being used by a certain company. "Idle" is displayed in the use gear that is not used by any operator. The operator of the manufacturer himself accesses the server 400 from the terminal to display the use application screen of the loan area, and touches the requested "vacant" use slot. In the selected "idle" use gear, a thick line frame is displayed. It is also possible to select multiple "free" use gears. In this state, when the operator of the vendor touches the use application button, the use of the loan area designated by the selected "vacant" use slot is started. From this point on, the operator can use the rental area and freely set up products.

出借费用与使用时间相应地决定。例如,如果设定了每分钟的出借费率,则对使用的分钟数(使用时间)乘以出借费率地收取出借费用。为了计算各出借区域中的业者的使用时间,服务器400记录出借区域的使用历史。The rental fee is determined according to the usage time. For example, if a lending rate per minute is set, a lending fee is charged by multiplying the number of minutes used (use time) by the lending rate. The server 400 records the usage history of the loan area in order to calculate the usage time of the vendor in each loan area.

图58是出借区域的使用历史的数据结构图。FIG. 58 is a data structure diagram of the usage history of the loan area.

使用历史对于每个出借区域设置。每当发生事件时,设置记录。记录将日期时间、事件和使用者的业者ID关联。Use history for each lending locale. Whenever an event occurs, set a record. The record associates the date and time, the event, and the user's business ID.

事件的种类是“使用开始”、“设置商品”和“收取商品”。在业者进行了使用申请的时刻追加“使用开始”的事件的记录,记录申请使用出借区域的日期时间和使用者即业者的ID。The kinds of events are "use start", "set item", and "receive item". The record of the event "start of use" is added at the time when the supplier applied for use, and the date and time of the application for using the rental area and the ID of the user, that is, the supplier, are recorded.

在由业者将商品设置在出借区域中的时刻,追加“设置商品”的事件的记录,记录设置商品的日期时间,且记录与“使用开始”相同的业者ID作为使用者。When the product is set in the lending area by the vendor, a record of the event of "set product" is added, the date and time when the product was set is recorded, and the same vendor ID as "start of use" is recorded as the user.

在由用户122或业者从出借区域中收取了商品的时刻,追加“收取商品”的事件的记录,记录收取商品的日期时间,且记录与“使用开始”相同的业者ID作为使用者。如果用户122收取并购买商品,则出借区域的使用在该时刻结束。另外,业者中断销售并自己收取了商品的情况下,出借区域的使用也在该时刻结束。即,从“收取商品”的日期时间减去“使用开始”的日期时间计算出使用时间。When the user 122 or the vendor has received the product from the rental area, an event record of "received product" is added, the date and time when the product was received is recorded, and the same vendor ID as "start of use" is recorded as the user. If the user 122 collects and purchases the item, the use of the lending area ends at that point. In addition, when the vendor discontinues the sale and collects the product by himself, the use of the rental area also ends at that time. That is, the usage time is calculated by subtracting the date and time of the "use start" from the date and time of the "received product".

计算机200具有存储变形例11中说明的商品配置表(图50)的商品配置表存储部、识别收容的商品的配置(货架ID和区域ID)的配置检测部、对服务器400发送“设置商品”事件和“收取商品”事件的事件发送部。The computer 200 includes a product placement table storage unit that stores the product placement table ( FIG. 50 ) described in Modification 11, an placement detection unit that recognizes the placement (shelf ID and area ID) of stored products, and transmits “set product” to the server 400 . Event dispatcher for events and "received goods" events.

对于储存装置100的处理进行说明。在与图53所示的S270相同的时机,计算机200的商品检测部244将储存装置100内检测出的商品的配置设定在商品配置表(图50)中。另外,在S22中,设置了商品104的情况下,商品检测部244识别新收容的商品104,并且也识别商品104设置在的出借区域(货架ID和区域ID)。然后,事件发送部对服务器400发送附加了商品104设置在的出借区域(货架ID和区域ID)的“设置商品”事件。另外,收取了商品104的情况下,商品检测部244识别收取的商品104,并且也识别该商品曾设置在的出借区域(货架ID和区域ID)。然后,事件发送部对服务器400发送附加了商品104曾设置在的出借区域(货架ID和区域ID)的“收取商品”事件。The processing of the storage device 100 will be described. At the same timing as S270 shown in FIG. 53 , the commodity detection unit 244 of the computer 200 sets the arrangement of commodities detected in the storage device 100 in the commodity arrangement table ( FIG. 50 ). In addition, in S22, when the commodity 104 is set, the commodity detection unit 244 recognizes the newly accommodated commodity 104, and also identifies the lending area (shelf ID and area ID) in which the commodity 104 is set. Then, the event transmitting unit transmits to the server 400 an event "set item" to which the loan area (shelf ID and area ID) in which the item 104 is set is added. In addition, when the commodity 104 is received, the commodity detection unit 244 recognizes the received commodity 104 and also recognizes the lending area (shelf ID and area ID) in which the commodity was set. Then, the event transmitting unit transmits to the server 400 an event of "received merchandise" to which the lending area (shelf ID and area ID) in which the merchandise 104 was set was added.

对于服务器400的处理进行说明。服务器400具有存储出借区域的使用历史的使用历史存储部。另外,服务器400具有对业者的终端发送出借区域的使用申请画面的数据的画面数据发送部462,和从业者的终端受理附加了相当于使用档位的出借区域(货架ID和区域ID)的使用申请、并在使用历史中追加“使用开始”的记录的使用申请受理部,和在从储存装置100接收了“设置商品”的事件的情况下在使用历史中追加“设置商品”的记录、在同样地接收了“收取商品”的事件的情况下在使用历史中追加“收取商品”的记录的事件受理部,和计算出基于使用时间的出借费用、对使用者即业者收费的收费部。其中,使用申请受理部、事件受理部和收费部是对储存装置100的收容空间的出借进行管理的出借管理部的一部分。The processing of the server 400 will be described. The server 400 has a use history storage unit that stores the use history of the loan area. In addition, the server 400 has a screen data transmission unit 462 that transmits data of the use application screen of the loan area to the terminal of the operator, and the terminal of the operator accepts the use of the loan area (shelf ID and area ID) corresponding to the usage rank. The use application accepting unit that applies for and adds a record of "start of use" to the use history, and when an event of "set product" is received from the storage device 100, adds a record of "set product" to the use history, and Similarly, when an event of "received product" is received, an event reception unit that adds a record of "received product" to the usage history, and a billing unit that calculates a rental fee based on the usage time and charges the user, that is, the vendor. Among them, the use application accepting unit, the event accepting unit, and the charging unit are part of the lending management unit that manages the lending of the storage space of the storage device 100 .

出借费率也可以通过拍卖而决定。该情况下,服务器400具有从业者的终端接受借取费率的提示的借取费率接受部。然后,使用申请受理部在规定期间内关于同一使用档位从多个业者受理了使用申请的情况下,允许提示的借取费率最高的业者的使用。然后,在决定了使用的业者的时刻发生“使用开始”事件。另外,收费部对使用者即业者收取对该业者提示的借取费率乘以使用时间得到的出借费用。Lending rates can also be determined through auctions. In this case, the server 400 includes a borrowing rate accepting unit that receives the presentation of the borrowing rate in the terminal of the practitioner. Then, when the usage application acceptance unit accepts usage applications from a plurality of vendors for the same usage bay within a predetermined period, the usage application is permitted to be used by the vendor with the highest borrowing rate presented. Then, the "use start" event occurs at the moment when the operator who uses it is determined. In addition, the charging unit charges the user, that is, the supplier, a rental fee obtained by multiplying the rental rate presented to the supplier by the usage time.

此处示出了储存装置100的例子,但也可以将变形例16应用于其他储存体(例如储存房间、无人店铺或有人店铺等)。An example of the storage device 100 is shown here, but the modification 16 can be applied to other storage bodies (for example, a storage room, an unmanned store, a manned store, or the like).

[其他变形例][Other Variations]

关于电子票据的认证,也可以不将预约或购买作为条件。可以以事前进行了会员登记为条件,在读取了能够识别会员的电子票据的情况下必定解锁。Regarding the authentication of the electronic ticket, it is not necessary to make reservation or purchase as a condition. On the condition that the membership is registered in advance, it can be unlocked without fail when the electronic receipt which can identify the member is read.

可以在储存装置100附近设置监视摄像机,进行录像。可以对录像进行分析,识别进行了不当行为的用户和不当行为的内容。Surveillance cameras may be installed near the storage device 100 to record video. Video recordings can be analyzed to identify users who have engaged in inappropriate behavior and the content of the inappropriate behavior.

可以将储存装置100用作快递箱。运输业者的配送者用配送员的票据打开储存装置100并收纳货物。收货人用自己的票据打开储存装置100并取出货物。多人共用储存装置100的情况下,可以在取出向他人发送的货物的情况下进行警告。另外,也可以是收货人从服务器100接受到货通知,在对服务器100预先通知了接收的情况下,被赋予接收用的票据。The storage device 100 can be used as a courier box. The delivery person of the transportation company opens the storage device 100 with the delivery person's ticket and stores the goods. The consignee opens the storage device 100 with his own ticket and takes out the goods. When the storage device 100 is shared by a plurality of people, a warning can be given when taking out the goods sent to the other person. In addition, the consignee may receive a receipt notification from the server 100, and when the server 100 is notified of receipt in advance, a receipt for receipt may be given.

另外,也可以使人能够进入储存装置100的内部。In addition, it is also possible to enable a person to enter the interior of the storage device 100 .

储存装置100的门102也可以是推拉式的。The door 102 of the storage device 100 may also be of the push-pull type.

可以具备显示操作指导或警告消息的显示器。警告输出部232可以在显示器上显示警告消息。A display may be provided to display operating instructions or warning messages. The warning output part 232 may display a warning message on the display.

可以设置从扬声器116发出操作指导消息、或者使显示器显示操作指导消息的操作指导部。It is possible to provide an operation instruction unit that emits an operation instruction message from the speaker 116 or displays the operation instruction message on the display.

电子票据也可以是近距离无线传输的电子数据。票据读取器114也可以是近距离无线接收装置。The electronic ticket can also be electronic data transmitted wirelessly in a short distance. The ticket reader 114 may also be a short-range wireless receiver.

可以使用商品QR码代替商品条形码118。另外,也可以使用IC标签。使用IC标签的情况下,用储存装置100中设置的标签读取器从IC标签读取商品标签码。Item QR codes may be used in place of item barcodes 118 . In addition, IC tags can also be used. When an IC tag is used, the product tag code is read from the IC tag with a tag reader provided in the storage device 100 .

店员票据可以是对店员赋予的纸质票据。或者,也可以是在店员证卡上打印的QR码。The clerk ticket may be a paper ticket given to the clerk. Alternatively, it could be a QR code printed on the clerk's card.

可以在参照储存内商品列表或店铺库存列表判断为发生了缺货的情况下,自动地调整推荐的商品104的组合和在储存装置100中收纳的商品104。When it is determined that out of stock has occurred with reference to the stored product list or the store inventory list, the combination of the recommended products 104 and the products 104 stored in the storage device 100 can be automatically adjusted.

另外,本发明不限定于上述实施方式和变形例,能够在不脱离主旨的范围内将构成要素变形并具体化。可以通过将上述实施方式和变形例中公开的多个构成要素适当组合而形成各种发明。另外,也可以从上述实施方式和变形例中示出的全部构成要素中删除某些构成要素。In addition, the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments and modified examples, and the constituent elements can be modified and embodied within a range that does not deviate from the gist. Various inventions can be formed by appropriately combining a plurality of constituent elements disclosed in the above-described embodiments and modifications. In addition, some components may be deleted from all the components shown in the above-mentioned embodiment and modification.

Claims (9)

1. An article storage system, comprising:
comprises a storage body for accommodating articles and an information processing device connected with the storage body,
the storage body has a notification section that notifies the information processing apparatus of information relating to an item that has been picked up by a user and the user who picked up the item,
the information processing apparatus includes:
a recording unit that records, based on the association information, that the user has picked up the item from the storage body; and
and a settlement unit that performs a settlement process in which a donor associated with the user pays for the item.
2. The article containment system of claim 1, wherein:
the information processing apparatus further includes a presentation amount setting information receiving unit that receives presentation amount setting information including the user as a presentation target and a presentation amount from the terminal of the presenter,
the settlement unit executes the settlement processing within the range of the gift amount.
3. The article containment system of claim 1 or 2, wherein:
the information processing apparatus further includes a screen transmitting unit that transmits, to the terminal of the user, screen data including information of the storage body in which the item recommended by the presenter is stored.
4. The article containment system of claim 1, wherein:
the settlement section executes the settlement processing in a case where the donor permits payment of the fee for the item.
5. An article storage system, comprising:
comprises a storage body for accommodating articles and an information processing device connected with the storage body,
the storage body has a notification unit that notifies the information processing apparatus of information relating to an item that has been received by a user and the user who received the item,
the information processing apparatus includes a recording section that records, based on the association information, a situation in which the user has picked up the item from the storage body,
the storage body further includes an illumination device for illuminating the stored articles independently of each other.
6. The article containment system of claim 5, wherein:
the lighting device illuminates an item that the user has purchased or reserved a priori.
7. The article containment system of claim 5, wherein:
the lighting device illuminates an article other than an article that has been purchased or reserved in advance by a person other than the user.
8. An article storage system, comprising:
Comprises a mounting type storage body for accommodating articles, a mobile type storage body for accommodating articles, and an information processing device connected with the mounting type storage body and the mobile type storage body,
the installation-type storage body and the mobile-type storage body have a notification unit that notifies the information processing device of information relating to an article that has been picked up by a user and the user who has picked up the article,
the information processing apparatus includes:
a recording unit that records, based on the association information, a case where the user has picked up the article from the installation-type storage body and a case where the user has picked up the article from the mobile-type storage body; and
and an inventory management unit that manages an inventory of the article stored in the installation-type storage body and an inventory of the article stored in the mobile-type storage body.
9. An article storage system, comprising:
comprises a storage body for accommodating articles and an information processing device connected with the storage body,
the storage body has a notification section that notifies the information processing apparatus of information relating to an item that has been picked up by a user and the user who picked up the item,
The information processing apparatus includes:
a recording unit that records, based on the association information, a situation in which the user has picked up the item from the storage body; and
a lending management part for managing lending of the article accommodating space of the storage body.
CN202180000668.4A 2020-11-10 2021-02-02 Article storage system Pending CN114766029A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-187038 2020-11-10
JP2020187038A JP2022076594A (en) 2020-11-10 2020-11-10 Article storage system
PCT/JP2021/003629 WO2022102141A1 (en) 2020-11-10 2021-02-02 Article storage system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN114766029A true CN114766029A (en) 2022-07-19

Family

ID=81454570

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN202180000668.4A Pending CN114766029A (en) 2020-11-10 2021-02-02 Article storage system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
US (1) US20220147962A1 (en)
CN (1) CN114766029A (en)

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20010053998A1 (en) * 2000-06-20 2001-12-20 Youji Kohda Online sales promotion method and device
US20090240575A1 (en) * 2008-03-20 2009-09-24 8D Technologies, Inc. Bicycle rental system and station
US20140258168A1 (en) * 2013-03-07 2014-09-11 Darryl George Crawford Automated Pickup & Delivery System
US20170286905A1 (en) * 2016-04-01 2017-10-05 Otter Products, Llc Parcel box
US20170330144A1 (en) * 2016-05-11 2017-11-16 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Mobile pickup units
JP2019125077A (en) * 2018-01-15 2019-07-25 株式会社ウフル Commodity sales system and commodity sales method and commodity sales program
EP3579171A1 (en) * 2017-01-31 2019-12-11 JR East Water Business Co., Ltd Merchandise presentation system and merchandise presentation method
US20200104964A1 (en) * 2017-06-16 2020-04-02 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Pick-up/drop-off management device, pick-up/drop-off management method, and program

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20010053998A1 (en) * 2000-06-20 2001-12-20 Youji Kohda Online sales promotion method and device
US20090240575A1 (en) * 2008-03-20 2009-09-24 8D Technologies, Inc. Bicycle rental system and station
US20140258168A1 (en) * 2013-03-07 2014-09-11 Darryl George Crawford Automated Pickup & Delivery System
US20170286905A1 (en) * 2016-04-01 2017-10-05 Otter Products, Llc Parcel box
US20170330144A1 (en) * 2016-05-11 2017-11-16 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Mobile pickup units
EP3579171A1 (en) * 2017-01-31 2019-12-11 JR East Water Business Co., Ltd Merchandise presentation system and merchandise presentation method
US20200104964A1 (en) * 2017-06-16 2020-04-02 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Pick-up/drop-off management device, pick-up/drop-off management method, and program
JP2019125077A (en) * 2018-01-15 2019-07-25 株式会社ウフル Commodity sales system and commodity sales method and commodity sales program

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20220147962A1 (en) 2022-05-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11087298B2 (en) Computer-controlled, unattended, automated checkout store outlet system and related method
US10289989B2 (en) Drive-thru / point-of-sale automated transaction technologies and apparatus
JP7497809B2 (en) Vending method, device and program
US9536236B2 (en) Computer-controlled, unattended, automated checkout store outlet and related method
RU2671767C2 (en) Computer-controlled, unattended, automated checkout store outlet
JP3560327B2 (en) Locker system
US20140222603A1 (en) Computer-controlled, unattended, automated checkout store outlet
JP2017521780A (en) Computer controlled unmanned automatic checkout store outlet and related methods
JP7240848B2 (en) Goods storage and payment system
US20140039998A1 (en) On demand kiosk commerce system and method
CN113614799A (en) Article storage system, server, article storage method, program, and information processing device
JP2002024565A (en) Method for operating mail-order business using article delivery box and method for operating internet mail- order business
US20210279672A1 (en) Article housing system, server, article housing method, program, and information processing device for delivering article housed in storage body to user
WO2022102141A1 (en) Article storage system
CN114766029A (en) Article storage system
CN114303178B (en) Vending machine control system, vending machine and information output method
WO2021176922A1 (en) Article storage system, server, article storage method, program, and information processing device
EP4432195A1 (en) Commodity sales system and commodity sales method
EP4432196A1 (en) Commodity sales system and commodity sales method
EP4432197A1 (en) Commodity sales system and commodity sales method
EP4432194A1 (en) Commodity sales system and commodity sales method
KR20230156210A (en) Unmanned vending machine for hotel product purchase and service provision system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PB01 Publication
PB01 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination